5 Scholia on Orestes 301–400

Or. 301.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλαινα⟩: ἀθλία  —F2X2Ox

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox


Or. 301.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨βᾶσα⟩: πορευθεῖσα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2CrOx

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X, καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 301.03 (rec gloss) ⟨βᾶσα⟩: εἰσελθοῦσα  —AbY2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 301.04 (thom gloss) ⟨βᾶσα⟩: ἐλθοῦσα  —ZaZmZuTGuF2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 301.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δωμάτων⟩: τῶν οἴκων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 301.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨δωμάτων⟩: τῶν  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 301.07 (tri gloss) ⟨εἴσω⟩: ἐντὸς  —T

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 301.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἴσω⟩: καὶ ἔσωθεν  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 302.01 (302–305) (vet paraphr) 1διὰ τούτων φησὶν μὴ ἄγαν ἀγρυπνίᾳ καὶ λιμῷ διάφθειρε σαυτὴν, ἵνα μὴ νοσήσῃς· 2εἰ γὰρ τῷ προσεδρεύειν μοι κτήσῃ νόσον τινὰ καὶ ἀποστῇς, κἀγὼ τῆς σῆς παρουσίας ἐστερημένος ἀπόλλυμαι.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSaY2

TRANSLATION:   With these words he says: ‘Do not thoroughly ruin yourself with sleeplessness and hunger, lest you fall ill. For if you catch some illness by sitting in tendance beside me and withdraw, I too am destroyed once deprived of your presence’.

LEMMA: 303 σίτων τ’ ὄρεξαι MBC, σῖτον τ’ ὄρεξε (αι s.l.) Pr, lemma 304 εἰ γὰρ προλείψεις με VRw, εἰ γὰρ προλείψεις MnRbSa, οὐ γὰρ προλείψεις S      REF. SYMBOL: (to 304) VRbSa      POSITION: between 319.01 and 317.01 Rw

APP. CRIT.:   1 διὰ τούτων φησὶν] πάρασχε σεαυτῇ βρώματα Y2   |    διὰ τοῦτο BVMnPrRbRwSSa   |    ἀγρυπνίᾳ VRwY2, ἀγρύπνει others (ἀγρύπνη Rb)   |    διαφθεῖραι MCRb(app. δηα‑ a.c.), διαφθείρεσαι Sa, διαφθείρη S, δη αὐθερήσης Mn (corr. to διαυ‑)   |    σαυτὴν om. Sa, αὐτὴν Mn, αὐτὰ Pr   |    2 γὰρ] γὰρ ἐν Y2   |    τῷ] τὸ MPrRbSa   |    μοι] μὴ CSa   |    κτήσειν Rb, κτήσει Pr   |    νόσω Mn, s.l. Rb   |    ἀποστῆ MPr, ἀποστήσης VRw, ἀποσταίης Y2   |    κἀγὼ] ἐγὼ Pr   |    σῆς om. C   |    ἐστερουμένος M   |    ἀπόλλυσθαι Pr (corr. from ἀπόλυσθαι)

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 λειμῶ MMn (perhaps corr. Mn)   |    σἀυτὴν B, σεαυτὴν S   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,1–4; Dind. II.103,9–12


Or. 302.02 (302–305) (pllgn exeg) καὶ μὴ ἀγρύπνει καὶ λιμῷ διαφθείρου, ἀλλ’ ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τροφὴν. εἰ γὰρ καταλίπῃς με ἢ τινὰ νόσον ἀπὸ τῆς προσεδρείας κτήσῃ, ἀπόλλυμαι.  —V3

TRANSLATION:   Do not stay awake and be ruined by hunger, but stretch your hand out to nourishment. For if you abandon me or catch some sickness from your tendance (on me), I am destroyed.

POSITION: marg.


Or. 302.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὕπνῳ τ’ ἄυπνον … δός⟩: ἤγουν κοιμήθητι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 302.04 (recMosch exeg) ⟨ὕπνῷ τ’ ἄυπνον βλέφαρον⟩: (ὕπν)ον (ἀύπν)ῳ (βλεφάρ)ῳ  —MnRfSXXaXbXoTYYfGr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 302.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ὕπνῳ⟩: τῷ ἀύπνῳ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 302.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨ὕπνῳ⟩: τῷ  —SXo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 302.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄυπνον⟩: ἄγρυπνον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 302.08 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἄυπνον⟩: τὸ  —RSaY

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 302.09 (rec exeg) ⟨βλέφαρον⟩: ἀντίστροφον  —MnRwB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   perhaps ἀντιστρ[όφως Rw (damage, no accent visible over iota)

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως


Or. 302.10 (thom gloss) ⟨βλέφαρον⟩: τὸ ὄμμα  —ZZaZmTGuAaOx2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ om. ZaAa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.7–8


Or. 302.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκταθεῖσα⟩: οἱ γὰρ κοιμώμενοι ἐκτείνονται ἐν τοῖς στρώμασιν.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 302.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκταθεῖσα⟩: ἐξαπλωθεῖσα  —AbKMnRSSsXo2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. SXo


Or. 302.13 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἐκταθεῖσα⟩: πρὸς τὴν κλίνην ἀνακλιθεῖσα —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀνακ. π. τ. κ. transp. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.103,8


Or. 302.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκταθεῖσα⟩: δαμασθεῖσα  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 302.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκταθεῖσα⟩: πεσοῦσα  —CrGOxZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOxZu


Or. 302.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκταθεῖσα⟩: ἐκτακεῖσα  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 302.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δούς⟩: ὕπνῳ  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 303.01 (mosch exeg) πρωθύστερον  —XXaXbXoT+YYf

TRANSLATION:  Prothusteron.

POSITION: marg. (beside 302 Yf)

APP. CRIT.:   πρωθύστερα XbXoT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.103,7

COMMENT:  The term πρωθύστερον can be attached either to the first item of the reversed pairing or to the second item. See Sch. Tri. Hec. 762 vs. the old sch. on the same line, Sch. Pr Hec. 226, and Sch. Hec. 266, where some witnesses place this designation over the first term and some over the second. If the term here applies to 303 only, the implication is that bathing properly comes before eating (as in Homeric hospitality). If the term applies to 303 as the second term paired with 302 (cf. Yf’s placement), the implication is that bathing and eating ought to have come before sleeping.

KEYWORDS:  πρωθύστερον


Or. 303.02 (vet paraphr) σίτων τ’ ὄρεξαι: ἔκτεινον τὰς χεῖράς σου εἰς τροφήν.  —MBCPrRfr

TRANSLATION:   Extend your hands to nourishment.

POSITION: s.l., except marg. B

APP. CRIT.:   εἰς τροφὴν τὰς χεῖρας transp. PrRfr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,5; Dind. II.103,12


Or. 303.03 (vet paraphr) σίτων τ’ ὄρεξαι: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκτείνασα τὴν χεῖρα λάβε.  —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to: ‘having extended your hand, take’.

POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. CPr

APP. CRIT.:   βάλε M, βάλευ C; φάγε anonymi (Schw. I.xiv, Addenda)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,6; Dind. II.103,12–13


Or. 303.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨σίτων τ’ ὄρεξαι⟩: τροφῆς μετάλαβε  —AbMnRSSa

LEMMA: σίτον in text AbMnR, s.l. Sa; σῖτα S)      POSITION: s.l., except marg. R; as two sep. gl. AbMnS

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. to both words S


Or. 303.05 (rec gloss) ⟨σῖτον⟩: φάγημα  —O

LEMMA: σίτον in text O      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 303.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σῖτον⟩: βρῶμα  —V3CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 303.07 (mosch paraphr) σῖτον: ἤγουν τροφὴν λάβε  —X


Or. 303.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨σῖτον⟩: τροφὴν  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrF2ZcZlrec

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τροφά Yf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.103,14


Or. 303.09 (rec exeg) ⟨σίτων⟩: σῖτον  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 303.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σῖτον⟩: εἰς  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 303.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ὄρεξαι⟩: πάρασχε  —V1F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 303.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ὄρεξαι⟩: φάγε  —V1

POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev. with ἤτοι


Or. 303.13 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ὄρεξαι⟩: λάβε  —KXaXbXoYYfGGrAa3B4Zlrec

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 303.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄρεξαι⟩: παρέχε  —Oxr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 303.15 (thom gloss) ⟨ὄρεξαι⟩: ἑαυτῇ  —ZZaZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   σεαυτῆ Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.103,14


Or. 303.16 (tri gloss) ⟨ὄρεξαι⟩: δὸς σεαυτῇ  —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.103,14


Or. 303.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄρεξαι⟩: παρέχε σεαυτῇ  —Ox2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   σεαυτῆ Ox2 add. to original gloss


Or. 303.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄρεξαι⟩: τῷ στόματι δηλονότι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 303.19 (mosch gloss) ⟨λουτρά τ’ ἐπὶ χροῒ βάλε⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ νίψαι  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZlrec

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   νίψε Xo   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.103,15


Or. 303.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λουτρά τ’ ἐπὶ χροῒ βάλε⟩: καθαρίσθητι  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 303.21 (thom gloss) ⟨λουτρά⟩: καθάρσια  —ZZaZl2ZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.103,15


Or. 303.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ χροῒ βάλε⟩: καὶ δὸς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 303.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χροῒ⟩: καὶ τῷ σώματι  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῷ om. F2


Or. 303.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χροῒ⟩: γράφεται χρωτί.  —MnSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   χρωτοὶ Mn, changed to χρωῒ

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 303.25 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨χροῒ⟩: τῷ  —Aa2Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 303.26 (tri gloss) ⟨χροὸς⟩: τοῦ σώματος  —T

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 303.27 (thom exeg) ⟨βάλευ⟩: βαλοῦ αἰολικόν  —ZZaZmZuGu

TRANSLATION:  (The form ‘baleu’, ‘throw for yourself’, is the Attic/Koine) ‘balou’, in Aeolic dialect.

LEMMA: βάλευ in text all      POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   αἰολικόν βαλοῦ transp. Gu   |   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Zu   |   βάλε Zu

APP. CRIT. 2:   αἰωλικὸν Zu   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.103,16


Or. 303.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βάλε⟩: βαλοῦ  —Ox2

LEMMA: βάλε in text p.c. (βάλευ a.c.?)      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 304.01 (304–305) (vet paraphr) εἰ γὰρ καταλίπῃς με ἀπολιγωρήσασα τῆς νοσοκομίας ἀπόλλυμαι.  —BOC

TRANSLATION:   For if you abandon me, neglecting to tend to my sickness, I am destroyed.

POSITION: marg. B, s.l. OC

APP. CRIT.:   εἰ γὰρ om. O   |   ἀπόλλυμαι om. OC

APP. CRIT. 2:   καταλείπης a.c. O   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,6; Dind. II.103,18–19


Or. 304.02 (304–305) (pllgn diagr) apparently two syllogism diagrams, now incomplete because of trimmed upper margin: left node of right diagram has trace of θαν (θανεῖν?), and below the lower arc ἀσυλλόγισθη ὡς μερικό[ν] (read ἀσυλλόγιστον).  —Z

COMMENT:   The collocation of μερικὴ (πρότασις) and ἀσυλλόγιστον is common in commentators on Aristotle. Only slightly less common are collocations of μερική/μερικόν with συλλογίζομαι, so an alternative correction would be ἐσυλλογίσθη.


Or. 304.03 (mosch gram) ζήτει  —XXa

REF. SYMBOL: Xa      POSITION: marg. X

COMMENT:   Probably a reminder to seek an explanation of this line or something in it. Günther 288 commented on this note ‘ad 307 relatum’, which I do not understand.


Or. 304.04 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰ⟩: ἐὰν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 304.05 (rec gloss) ⟨προλείψεις⟩: ἤγουν θάνῃς  —AaMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν] ἤτοι εἰ R, ἤτοι Aa

APP. CRIT. 2:   θάνεις AaS, a.c. Mn   |


Or. 304.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨προλείψεις⟩: ἐάσεις, ἤγουν πρὸ τοῦ νενομισμένου καιροῦ θάνῃς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 304.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨προλείψεις⟩: καὶ πρὸ καιροῦ καταλείψεις  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 304.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προλείψεις⟩: καταλείψεις  —V3GP2

POSITION: s.l.; inserted after ἀφήσεις in 304.09 G

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep V3P2


Or. 304.09 (mosch paraphr) ⟨προλείψεις⟩: ἀφήσεις, ἤγουν ἐὰν ἀποθάνῃς  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   after ἀφήσεις add. καταλείψεις G   |    ἤγουν ἐὰν ἀποθ. om. Zc

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀφήσης XXaYfGr   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.103,17


Or. 304.10 (thom gloss) ⟨προλείψεις⟩: ἐάσεις θανοῦσα  —ZZaZl2ZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 304.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προλείψεις⟩: ἀποθάνῃς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀποθάν() B3a


Or. 304.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μ’⟩: τίνα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 304.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: ἐν τῷ προσεδρεύειν μοι  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 304.14 (rec gloss) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: προσκαρτερίᾳ  —AaAbMnRSSa

LEMMA: -δρείᾳ in text AbR, ‑δρεία AaMnSSa      POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   προσκαρτερίᾳ R, ‑ρία MnSSa, ‑είᾳ Ab, ‑ρεία Aa


Or. 304.15 (thom paraphr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: ἐν τῇ ἐμῇ προσκαθίσει  —ZZaZl2ZmGuOx2

LEMMA: -ρίᾳ in text Zm, ‑ρεία Gu, ‑ρία others      POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   -καθήσει Zl2   |


Or. 304.16 (tri paraphr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: ἤγουν τῷ προσκαθῆσθαι ἐμοί  —T

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 304.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: καὶ τῇ ἀσχολήσει  —CrOx

LEMMA: -ρία in text CrOx      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 304.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: ἐν τῇ ἄγαν  —V3

LEMMA: -ρείᾳ in text V      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 304.19 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: καὶ ἐν τῇ παρακαθεδρίᾳ  —Zu

LEMMA: -ρεία changed from ‑ρία in text Zu      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 304.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: προσεδρείᾳ, αἰολικὸν  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 304.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προεδρείᾳ⟩: αἰολικὸν  —Gu

LEMMA: -ρεία in text Gr      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 304.22 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨προσεδρείᾳ⟩: τῇ ἐπιμονῇ σου  —GuB3a

LEMMA: -ρεία in text Gr      POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τῇ and σου om. Gu


Or. 304.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσεδρείᾳ⟩: ἐν  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 304.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσεδρεία⟩: προσέγγι[σις]  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 304.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσεδρεία⟩: βοηθεία{ς}  —P2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 304.26 (tri metr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 304.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨νόσον⟩: ἀρρωστίαν  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀρρωστί(οις) Xo2


Or. 305.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κτήσῃ⟩: ἐπισπάσῃ  —f2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 305.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κτήσῃ⟩: λάβῃς  —Aa3Oxr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   λα() Aa3   |


Or. 305.03 (rec gloss) ⟨οἰχόμεσθα⟩: ἀπολλύμεθα  —AbMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   -μεσθα RSa   |


Or. 305.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨οἰχόμεσθα⟩: ἐφθάρμεθα  —XXaXbXoT*YYfGGrZcB4

POSITION: s.l. except X

COMMENT:   With the cross above, T treats the Thoman and Moschopulean glosses as the same, despite the difference in tenses.


Or. 305.05 (thom gloss) ⟨οἰχόμεσθα⟩: ἐφθάρημεν  —ZZaZl2Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 305.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἰχόμεσθα⟩: ἐφθάρην  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 305.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἰχόμεσθα⟩: κινδυνεύομεν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 305.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἰχόμεσθα⟩: καὶ φθαροίμεθα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 306.01 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐπίκουρον⟩: βοηθὸν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCrF2OxZl2Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOxZu


Or. 306.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄλλων⟩: συγγενῶν  —AaMnRSSaXo2Zl2

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι prep. R


Or. 306.03 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἄλλων⟩: τῶν  —F2SXo

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 306.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὅτι  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 306.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἔρημος⟩: μεμονωμένος  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZl2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 306.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔρημος⟩: ἐστερημένος  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 306.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὤν⟩: ἐγὼ δηλονότι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 306.08 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 307.01 (vet exeg) οὐκ ἔστι· σὺν σοί: ἐπειδὴ εἶπεν αὐτῇ εἰ προλείψεις με, φησὶν οὐκ ἔστι, ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ προλείψω σε.  —MBVCMnPrRbSaZu

TRANSLATION:   Since he said to her ‘if you will abandon me’, she says ‘it is not possible’, meaning ‘I will not abandon you’.

LEMMA: MC, οὐκ ἔστι· σὺν σοὶ κατθανεῖν V, οὐκ ἔστι· σὺν σοὶ θανεῖν Pr, οὐκ ἔστιν MnRbSSa      REF. SYMBOL: VRbSa      POSITION: marg. B, s.l. Zu; between sch. 299.10 and 298.04 Pr

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπεὶ Zu   |    αὐτῇ] αὐτὸς V, αὐτὴν Mn, αὐτῶ Pr   |    εἰ γὰρ προλ. BVRbSSa   |    προλείψει Pr   |    ἐμὲ Rb   |    φησὶν om. B   |    οὐκ ἔστι, ἀντὶ τοῦ] ὅτι VMnRbSSa   |    τοῦ om. BC   |    σε om. PrZu   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   φησὶ Mn   |    ἔστιν PrZu   |    προλήψω Sa, προλλείψω M   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,7–9; Dind. II.104,1–2


Or. 307.02 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἔστι⟩: οὐχ ὑπάρχει τοῦτο παρ’ ἐμοὶ, ἤγουν οὐκ ἀποδέχομαι σὲ μὲν μόνον ἐᾶσαι ἐνταυθοῖ κεῖσθαι, αὐτὴ δὲ τροφαῖς τε καὶ ὕπνῳ προσέχειν.  —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   This (action) is not present in me, that is, I do not accept letting you lie here alone while I myself attend to nourishment and sleep.

POSITION: s.l. except T

APP. CRIT.:   παρ’ ἐμοῦ Gu   |    μὲν om. Gu   |    ἐνταυθοῖ κεῖσθαι om. Za   |    ἐνταῦθα T   |    αὐτὴν Zl   |    τε om. ZlZmT

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὑπάρπάρχει Zm   |    ἐάσαι ZlZm   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.104,2–4


Or. 307.03 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἔστι⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ προλείψω σε  —OV3G

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. V3G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.104,4


Or. 307.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἔστι⟩: οὐ γενήσεται τοῦτο  —CrSaOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 307.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἔστι⟩: δυνατὸν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 307.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔστι⟩: δυνατὸν τοῦτο, ἤγουν οὐ φάγω, οὐχ ὑπνώσω, οὐ καταλείψω σε.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦτο κτλ added to Y-gloss by Y2


Or. 307.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σὺν σοὶ⟩: μετὰ σοῦ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 307.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατθανεῖν⟩: ἀποθανεῖν  —F2Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 307.09 (recTri gloss) ⟨αἱρήσομαι⟩: προκρίνω  —V1AaMnRTXo2Gu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   προκρινῶ TAa, προκριθῶ Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.104,5


Or. 307.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἱρήσομαι⟩: κρίνω  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 307.11 (thom gloss) ⟨αἱρήσομαι⟩: βουλήσομαι  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.104,5


Or. 307.12 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨αἱρήσομαι⟩: θελήσω  —CrOxF2GT

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 308.01 (vet exeg) ἔχει γὰρ ταὐτόν: 1τὸ ζῆν με καὶ ἀποθανεῖν ταὐτόν ἐστιν, ἐὰν σὺ τελευτήσῃς. 2ἢ τὸ ἔχει ἀντὶ τοῦ σχήσει· 3ὁ δὲ λόγος· ἐὰν σὺ ἀποθάνῃς, ταὐτόν μοι πάθος γενήσεται, 4ὅ ἐστι· κἀγὼ συντεθνήξομαί σοι.   —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION:   My living and my dying are the same (to me) if you die. Or take (present) ‘entail’ (‘echei’) as used for (future) ‘will entail’, and the sense (is this): If you die, the same experience will befall me, that is, I too will die along with you.

LEMMA: BPr, καὶ ζῆν· ἔχει γὰρ ταὐτόν MC, καὶ ζῆν V      REF. SYMBOL: BV

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἔχει γὰρ prep. (om. ἐστιν later) V   |    after ἀποθανεῖν repeated με B (but deleted with dots)   |    σὺ] οὐ M   |    2 ἀντισχήσει (τοῦ om.) C   |    3 πάθος] παθεῖν V   |    4 τεθνήξομαι Pr

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 σχήση M   |    3 ἀποθάνη M   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,9–12; Dind. II.104,10–12


Or. 308.02 (rec paraphr) τὸ ζῆν με καὶ ἀποθανεῖν ταὐτόν ἐστιν ἐὰν σὺ φθαρῇς.  —MnRSSa

REF. SYMBOL: Sa      POSITION: marg. R

APP. CRIT.:   ὅτι prep. R   |    με] μὲν Mn   |    καὶ τὸ ἀποθ. R

APP. CRIT. 2:   απαθανεῖν Mn   |    ταὐτό R, ταυτόν SSa, αὐτόν Mn   |    φθρ(ῆς) R   |


Or. 308.03 (rec paraphr) ὁ θάνατος ὁ μετὰ σοῦ καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἕν ἐστι.  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 308.04 (rec paraphr) ὁ θάνατος καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἡ μετὰ σοῦ ἕν εἰσιν.  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 308.05 (pllgn paraphr) 1τὸ ζῆν με καὶ ἀποθανεῖν ταυτόν ἐστιν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅμοιον καὶ ἕν. 2ὅπερ σὺ πάθῃς, τοῦτο καὶ ἐγώ.   —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 308.06 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταὐτόν⟩: ἕξει γὰρ ταὐτόν με πάθος, ὅπερ καὶ σέ.  —MOVC

TRANSLATION:   The very same fate will hold me that holds you.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. M; spaced out (with γὰρ and ταὐτὸν supplied from line) O

APP. CRIT.:   ἕξεις Matt. (as if in O), ἤξ(εις) app. M, ἥξει OVC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,13; Dind. II.104,13–14


Or. 308.07 (thom exeg) ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν: 1ἤγουν ὁμοίως ἔχουσιν ἐμοὶ ἀμφότερα· 2 ὁ γὰρ σὸς θάνατος καὶ ἐμὸς θάνατός ἐστι, καὶ ἡ σὴ ζωὴ ἐμὴ ζωή. 3ἥκιστα γάρ μοι τὸ ζῆν ἥδιστον σοῦ θανόντος, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ νέκρωσις νομισθήσεται διὰ τὸ ἔρημον ἀπολειφθῆναι με βοηθείας.   —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, both things are the same for me. For your death is my death too, and your life my life. For living is not at all very sweet to me if you have died, but rather it will even be considered death because of my being left bereft of assistance.

LEMMA: T, ἔχει ταυτόν ZZa      REF. SYMBOL: all except T

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἤγουν ὁμοίως] ὁμοίως γὰρ ZlZm, ὁμοίως Gu   |    2 ἐμὸς] ἐμοὶ Gu   |    3 με om. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.104,6–9


Or. 308.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: ἤτοι κἀγὼ συντεθνήξομαι  —O

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.104,14


Or. 308.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: συντεθνήξω κἀγὼ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 308.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ δῆλον  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 308.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: ἤγουν ταυτὸν ἔχω τὸ ζῆν καὶ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν.  —F

POSITION: marg.


Or. 308.12 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: τὸ ζῆν με καὶ ἀποθανεῖν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  (They are the same,) that I live and that I die.

LEMMA: ταυτόν X      POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X   |   τῷ G


Or. 308.13 (thom exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: τὸ θανεῖν ἐμὲ μετὰ σοῦ καὶ ζῆν  —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (They are the same,) that I die with you and that I live (with you).

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 308.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: καὶ ὑπάρχει ἐν ἐμοὶ, ἤγουν τὸ θανεῖν ἐμέ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 308.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔχει⟩: σχήσει  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 308.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔχει⟩: ἔστι  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 308.17 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἔχει⟩: διάκειται  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB4

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 308.18 (rec gloss) ⟨ταυτόν⟩: ὅμοιον  —CrGPrROxZm

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx, καὶ τὸ prep. Zm


Or. 308.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταυτόν⟩: ἴσον  —AaF2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 308.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰ⟩: ἢν  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 308.21 (mosch gloss) ⟨κατθάνῃς⟩: ἀποθάνῃς  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrF2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἐὰν prep. G


Or. 309.01 (rec gloss) ⟨γυνὴ⟩: οὖσα ἐγὼ  —AaAbMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 309.02 (recMosch gloss) ⟨γυνὴ⟩: οὖσα  —PrRXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCrF2OxZu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 309.03 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨δράσω⟩: ποιήσω  —TXo2Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 309.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δράσω⟩: πράξω  —CrF2Y2Ox

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 309.05 (recTri metr) ⟨δράσω⟩: long mark over alpha  —OT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 309.06 (rec gloss) ⟨μόνη⟩: οὖσα ἐγώ  —MnSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 309.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μόνη⟩: ἐγὼ δηλονότι  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 309.08 (rec exeg) ⟨πόνη⟩: γρ. μόνη.  —Ab

LEMMA: πόνη in text Ab      POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 309.09 (thom gloss) ⟨σωθήσομαι⟩: βιώσομαι  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 309.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σωθήσομαι⟩: σωθῶ  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 310.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνάδελφος⟩: χωρὶς ἀδελφοῦ  —AaAbMnRSSaZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |   ἀδελφῶν R, ἀδελφ() Mn


Or. 310.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνάδελφος⟩: ἄνευ ἀδελφοῦ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 310.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνάδελφος⟩: δίχα τινὸς ἀδελφοῦ  —F2Y

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τινὸς om. F2


Or. 310.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνάδελφος⟩: ἐστερημένη ἀδελφοῦ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 310.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνάδελφος⟩: οὖσα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 310.06 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀνάδελφος⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ α̅ στερητικοῦ μορίου καὶ τοῦ ἀδελφὸς, ὁ ἐστερημένος ἀδελφοῦ. καὶ διὰ τὴν χασμωδίαν πλεονασμῷ τοῦ ν ἐγένετο ἀνάδελφος εὐφωνοτερὸν ὥσπερ καὶ ἀνάργυρος.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   From alpha privative prefix and the word ‘adelphos’, the one who has been deprived of a brother. And because of the hiatus (between successive alphas) by the arbitrary addition of nu it became ‘anadelphos’, more euphonious, just as also in the case of ‘anarguros’ (without silver).

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 310.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπάτωρ ἄφιλος⟩: χωρὶς πατρὸς καὶ φίλου  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   χωρὶς prep. Zl2 (Zl intended it to be supplied from prev. gloss)


Or. 310.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπάτωρ⟩: ἄνευ πατρός  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 310.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπάτωρ⟩: δίχα πατρὸς  —F2Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 310.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπάτωρ⟩: (ἐστερημένη) πατρὸς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   ἐστερημένη is understood from 310.04 earlier in the line.


Or. 310.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄφιλος⟩: δίχα φίλου  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 310.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄφιλος⟩: χωρὶς φίλου  —Zl2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 310.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄφιλος⟩: (ἐστερημένη) φίλου  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   ἐστερημένη is understood from 310.04 earlier in the line.


Or. 310.14 (310–311) (vet paraphr) εἰ δέ σοι δοκεῖ: τουτέστιν· εἰ βούλει με φαγεῖν, πείθομαι.  —MBOCMnRbS

TRANSLATION:   That is, if you want me to eat, I obey.

LEMMA: MnRbS      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. C

APP. CRIT.:   τουτέστιν om. O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,14; Dind. II.104,15


Or. 310.15 (310–311) (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰ δέ σοι δοκεῖ⟩: εἴ σοι ἀρέσκει φαγεῖν με, πείθομαι.  —R

POSITION: marg.


Or. 310.16 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰ δέ⟩: ὅμως δὲ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 310.17 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰ⟩: ἐπειδὴ  —V3RGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 310.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σοι⟩: τίνι  —CrOxY2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τινὶ Y2


Or. 310.19 (recMosch gloss) ⟨δοκεῖ⟩: ἀρέσκει  —AaAbCrMnPrSOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 310.20 (thom gloss) ⟨δοκεῖ⟩: ἀρεστὸν φαίνεται  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 310.21 (rec gloss) ⟨δοκεῖ⟩: ἀγαθὸν  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 310.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δοκεῖ⟩: ἤγουν τὸ ὑ[ … ]  —V3

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   perhaps ὑπάρχειν μόνον/μόνῳ or ἄνευ ἐμοῦ or similar


Or. 310.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δοκεῖ⟩: τὸ φαγεῖν καὶ πιεῖν ἐμέ  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 311.01 (thom exeg) ⟨δρᾶν χρὴ τάδ’⟩: τὸ δρᾶν τάδε κατὰ συνεκδοχὴν καὶ πρὸς τὸ δοκεῖ καὶ πρὸς τὸ χρὴ ληπτέον.  —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   The words ‘to do these things’ are to be taken, by shared construal (synecdoche), both with ‘it seems best’ and with ‘it is necessary’.

POSITION: s.l. ZlGu; cont. from sch. 308.07 ZZa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.104,16–17

COMMENT:   Here synecdoche, rather than referring to the usual trope (Lausberg §§572–577), seems to have a literal, etymological sense, virtually the same as ἀπὸ κοινοῦ.

KEYWORDS:  synecdoche/συνεκδοχικόν


Or. 311.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨δρᾶν χρὴ τάδ’⟩: χρεὼν νὰ τὰ πράξω  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 311.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨δρᾶν χρὴ τάδ’⟩: να πράξω τάδε  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 311.04 (rec gloss) ⟨δρᾶν χρὴ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ δράσω  —GK

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G


Or. 311.05 (rec gloss) ⟨δρᾶν⟩: φαγεῖν  —AbMnS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   φυγεῖν Ab


Or. 311.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δρᾶν⟩: πράττειν  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 311.07 (rec gloss) ⟨δρᾶν⟩: ποιεῖν  —AbF2Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 311.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρὴ⟩: καὶ πρέπει  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 311.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρὴ⟩: πρέπον  —FP2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   εἶναι add. P2


Or. 311.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τάδ’⟩: ἅπερ δηλονότι λέγεις, τὸ λουθῆναι καὶ φαγεῖν  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 311.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τάδ’⟩: τὸ ὑπνῶσαι με  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 311.12 (rec gloss) ⟨τάδ’⟩: τό(δ’)  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 311.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀλλὰ⟩: ὅμως  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 311.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κλῖνον⟩: θὲς  —Aa2Zl2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 311.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κλῖνον⟩: ἀνάπαυσον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 311.16 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐνὴν⟩: κοίτην  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 311.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὐνὴν⟩: στρωμνὴν  —Zl2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 311.18 (rec artGloss) ⟨εὐνὴν⟩: τὴν  —Aa2S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 311.19 (mosch gloss) ⟨δέμας⟩: τὸ σὸν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 311.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δέμας⟩: καὶ τὸ σῶμα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 311.21 (rec artGloss) ⟨δέμας⟩: τὸ  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 312.01 (vet exeg) καὶ μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν ἄγαν ἀποδέχου: 1μὴ ἐν ὑποψίᾳ ἔχε μηδὲ φαντάζου τὸ ἐκφοβοῦν σε. 2ἀποδέχου δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑποδέχου προσδέχου.   —MBVCPrRb, partial HMnRaRwS

TRANSLATION:   Do not hold in fearful apprehension nor imagine that which panics you. And ‘accept/receive’ (compound with ‘apo’) is used in the sense of ‘receive hospitably’ (compound with ‘hupo’), ‘admit in’ (compound with ‘pros’).

LEMMA: MC, καὶ μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν VMnRwS, μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν Pr, καὶ μὴ ταρβοῦν Rb      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: marg. B; punct. as two notes in Rb, with second ref. symbol

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ prep. B   |    μὴ om. MnRaRbS   |    ἐν ὑποψίᾳ VRaRbS, τὴν ὑποψίαν HMBCPrRw, ἀν ὑποψίαν Mn (perhaps corr. to ‑ία)   |    μηδὲ] μὴ Rb   |    τὸ om. Pr   |    εἰσφοβοῦν M   |    2 ἀποδέχου … προσδέχου om. MnRaS, ἀποδέχου … ὑποδέχου om. HRw   |    τοῦ om. C   |    προσδέχου] μηδὲ προσδέχου Rw, om. VRb, running on into sch. 313.10

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,15–16; Dind. II.104,18–20

COMMENT:   Since all three compounds of δέχομαι can be used with very similar meanings, the second half of the note is somewhat odd. Perhaps it is meant to forestall taking ἀποδέχου in the meaning ‘praise, approve’.


Or. 312.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨καὶ μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν⟩: μὴ δοκῇς εἶναι ἀληθές  —K

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   δοκεῖς K   |


Or. 312.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨καὶ μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν⟩: τὸ φοβοῦν ἔχε κατὰ νοῦν  —Zl2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἔχει Zl2


Or. 312.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τὸ ταρβοῦν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὸ ταρβεῖν ποιοῦν ἤγουν φοβεῖσθαι ποιοῦν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   first ποιοῦν om. Y


Or. 312.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὸ ταρβοῦν⟩: τὸ φοβεῖσθαι, τὸ ταρβεῖν ποιοῦν, τὸ φεύγειν ποιοῦν  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 312.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸ ταρβοῦν⟩: τὸ ἐνοχλοῦν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 312.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταρβοῦν⟩: ταρβεῖν ποιοῦν  —B4

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 312.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταρβοῦν⟩: καὶ δειμαῖνον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   δειμαίνον Zu   |


Or. 312.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀκφοβοῦν⟩: καὶ ἐκδιῶκον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 312.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀκφοβοῦν⟩: καὶ τὸ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 312.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀκφοβοῦν⟩: καὶ ἐκ(φοβοῦν)  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 312.12 (rec gloss) ⟨κἀκφοβοῦν⟩: καὶ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 312.13 (rec exeg) ⟨καὶ φοβοῦν⟩: γρ. κἀκφοβοῦν.  —MnRSa

LEMMA: καὶ φοβοῦν in text MnRSa      POSITION: s.l. MnSa, marg. R

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 312.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκ δεμνίων⟩: ἐκ τῆς κοίτης  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 312.15 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨δεμνίων⟩: τῶν στρωμάτων  —Y2T

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν om. Y2


Or. 312.16 (rec artGloss) ⟨δεμνίων⟩: τῶν  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 313.01 (thom exeg) ἀποδέχου: 1τουτέστι μὴ ἔχε τὴν ὑποψίαν ἀεὶ κατὰ νοῦν τῆς μανίας. 2τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ ἄγαν ἀποδέχου. 3ταρβοῦν δὲ ἐκ δεμνίων λέγει οὐχ ὅτι τὰ δέμνια ἐποίει αὐτὸν μαίνεσθαι, 4ἀλλ’ ὅτι κείμενος ἐκεῖσε φόβον ἐξ Ἐριννύων ἐδέχετο κατεχόμενος τῇ μανίᾳ.   —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, do not always have the fearful apprehension of madness in your mind. For that is what is meant by ‘receive too much’. He says ‘causing terror from the bedsheets’ not because the bedsheets were causing him to be mad, but because while lying there he received terror from the Erinyes, being possessed by madness.

LEMMA: T      REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZmGu

APP. CRIT.:   1 κατὰ νοῦν ἀεὶ transp. ZmTGu, app. Zl (also p.c. Ta, with s.l. β and a)   |    4 ἐκεῖ T   |   [ἐριν]νύος Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.104,20–23

COMMENT:   It is a little surprising that Triclinius did not modify Thomas’ implausible interpretation of ἐκ δεμνίων.


Or. 313.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀποδέχου⟩: ὑποδέχου  —OAaMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀποδέχου Sa


Or. 313.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀποδέχου⟩: προσδέχου  —OCrOxGuP2

POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev. with ἢ O

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |   προσδέχομαι P2


Or. 313.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀποδέχου⟩: μὴ φαντάζου  —OV3

POSITION: marg. O, s.l. V3

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ἐκφοβοῦν σε add. V3


Or. 313.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀποδέχου⟩: εἰς ὑποψίαν ἔχε  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 313.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀποδέχου⟩: πίστευε  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB4

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 313.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀποδέχου⟩: προσδόκα  —V1F

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. F


Or. 313.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀποδέχου⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ μὴ προσδόκα καὶ μὴ λογίζου  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 313.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀποδέχου⟩: καὶ ἔλπιζε  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 313.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨μένε δ’ ἐπὶ στρωτοῦ λέχους⟩: προσδόκα τῆς νυκτὸς  —VMnRbSSa

POSITION: s.l., except VRb continued from sch. 312.01

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς νυκτὸς] τὴν ἐκτός V

APP. CRIT. 2:   προσδίκα S, πρὸσδόκα Mn   |


Or. 313.11 (rec gloss) ⟨μένε⟩: προσκαρτέρει  —AbMnRSSaXo2

POSITION: s.l.a


Or. 313.12 (thom gloss) ⟨μένε⟩: κεῖσο  —ZZaAa3F2Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 313.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μένε⟩: ἡσύχαζε  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 313.14 (rec gloss) ⟨στρωτοῦ⟩: τοῦ πεπταμένου  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τῶ (or τὼ?) πεπλωμένω Ab   |


Or. 313.15 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨στρωτοῦ⟩: ἐστρωμένου  —F2T

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 313.16 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨στρωτοῦ⟩: τοῦ  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 313.17 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨λέχους⟩: τῆς κοίτης  —Xo2TY2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπὶ prep. Y2


Or. 314.01 (vet exeg) κἂν μὴ νοσῇς γάρ: 1Καλλίστρατος [Callistratus fr. 54 Montana LGGA] τὴν ἐκτὸς τοῦ σ̅ γραφὴν διδάσκει· 2‘κἂν μὴ νοσῇ γάρ, ἀλλὰ δοξάζῃ νοσεῖν’, 3ἵν’ ᾖ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ὀρέστου εἰς κοινὸν μεταβεβηκὼς ὁ λόγος.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Callistratus teaches the reading without the sigma (that is, verbs with third-person ending rather than second-person): ‘for even if one is not ill but believes he is ill’, so that the statement has transitioned from Orestes (the addressee) to general application.

LEMMA: all (νοσήσης MC, νοσῆ Pr, γὰρ om. Rw)      REF. SYMBOL: B

APP. CRIT.:   1 πεισίστρατος Pr   |    διδάσκει] δοξάζει C, δοκιμάζει Rw   |    2 νοσήσῃ MC   |    δοξάζει MC, δόξει Rw   |    3 ᾖ om. MC   |    τοῦ om. Rw   |    εἰς τὸ κοινὸν BRw   |    μεταβεβληκὼς Pr   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 σίγματος Pr   |   3 ἵνα Rw   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,18–20; Dind. II.104,24–105,2

KEYWORDS:  Callistratus   |   variant reading, specific scholar; citation of historian or scholar


Or. 314.02 (rec exeg) ⟨κἂν μὴ νοσῇς γάρ⟩: 1Καλλίστρατος [54 Montana LGGA] χωρὶς τοῦ σ̅ γράφειν δοκιμάζει· 2‘κἂν μὴ νοσῇ, ἀλλὰ δοξάζῃ νοσεῖν’, 3ἵν’ ᾖ ἐκ τοῦ Ὀρέστου ἐπὶ τὸ κοινὸν μεταβεβηκὼς ὁ λόγος.   —V

LEMMA: ἀλλὰ δοξάζεις V

APP. CRIT.:   2 νοσῆς … δοξάζεις V   |   νοσεῖν] s.l. V, in line p.c. V1, a.c. νοσ* (νοσῆ?) V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,18–20 app.; Dind. 105,2 app.


Or. 314.03 (pllgn rhet) ἀρχὴ  —Ta

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT:   This annotation, of uncertain meaning, is not present in T.


Or. 314.04 (rec exeg) ⟨κἂν μὴ νόσῃς γὰρ⟩: γρ. κἂν μὴ νοσῇ γὰρ.  —B3

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 314.05 (rec paraphr) κἀν μὴ νοσῇ τις ἀλλὰ δοξάζῃ, δοκῇ  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 314.06 (thom exeg) κἂν μὴ νόσῃς γὰρ: 1τοῦτο καθολικῶς ἔδει ἐξενεγκεῖν οὕτω· κἂν μὴ νοσῇ τις ἀλλα δοξάζει νοσεῖν, κάματος αὐτῷ καὶ ἀπορία γίνεται. 2νῦν δὲ τὸ μὲν ἥμισυ τοῦ γνωμικοῦ πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην ἐπέφερε, τὸ δὲ ἥμισυ καθόλου εἶπεν. 3ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο καινόσχημον, εἰ καὶ ληρῶν ὁ Καλλίστρατος τὴν ἐκτὸς τοῦ σ̅ διδάσκει γραφήν. 4καὶ μὴν καὶ ἑτέρα καινότης ἔστιν ἐνταῦθα· 5ἡ γὰρ πρότασις ἑνικῶς ἐκφέρεται, ἡ δὲ ἀπόδοσις πληθυντικῶς, δηλοῦντος τοῦ ποιητοῦ ὅτι εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους τοῦτο γίνεται.   —ZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   This should have been expressed as a generalization thus: ‘Even if someone is not sick but believes he is sick, weariness and confusion befall him’. But as it is he applied half of the gnomic statement to Orestes, and spoke half of it universally. And this is innovatively (unusually) constructed, although Callistratus, speaking nonsense, teaches the reading without the sigma. And indeed there is also another unusual feature here: for the conditional clause is expressed in the singular, but the main clause in the plural, with the poet making clear that this occurs in reference to all human beings.

LEMMA: T      REF. SYMBOL: ZaZlZmGu

APP. CRIT.:   1 νοσῇ] δοξάζη Gu   |    3 μονόσχημον Zm, κακόσχημον T   |    ληρῶν om. Gu   |    4 ἑτέρα καινοτ(ε)ρα Za

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 δοξάζη GuTa   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.105,4–11

COMMENT:   Note the alternative designations of what Thomas tries to describe (or perhaps defend) as novel or unusual: in Zm καινόσχημον is replaced by μονόσχημον (if this is not merely a clumsy error, it perhaps means ‘uniquely constructed’ in the sense ‘unparalleled, unusual’—but that is not its meaning elsewhere, see on 31.03), while Triclinius seems to be more critical of Eur.’s style by using κακόσχημον (‘badly constructed, clumsy’). Triclinius elsewhere softens expressions like Thomas’ scornful ληρῶν, but here he retains it, and only in Gu is it edited out.

KEYWORDS:  καινόσχημον   |   μονόσχημον   |   κακόσχημον


Or. 314.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μὴ νοσῇς⟩: καὶ οὐ μαίνῃ ἄρτι  —P2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 314.08 (rec gloss) ⟨νοσῇς⟩: νοσῇ τις  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 314.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γὰρ⟩: νῦν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 314.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀλλὰ δοξάζῃς νοσεῖν⟩: μετ’ ὀλίγον ὑπολαμβάνεις παραφρονῆσαι  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 314.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δοξάζῃς νοσεῖν⟩: δόκησιν ἔχῃς μανίας —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 314.12 (vet exeg) δοξάζῃς: ἀντὶ τοῦ δοξάζῃ τις, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 3.220] ‘φαίης κε ζάκοτόν τ’ ἔμμεναι’.  —MBC, partial Pr

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘(if) someone believes’, as in the passage ‘you might say that he was furious’.

LEMMA: M(‑εις)C, ἄλλως BPr      POSITION: cont. from 314.01 Pr

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντί τοῦ] κἂν μὴ νοσῇ τίς· ἀλλὰ BPr   |    τις om. BPr   |    ὡς τὸ κτλ om. Pr   |    τέ τιν’ ἐμμέναι Il. 3.220   |    ἔμμεναι om. B

APP. CRIT. 2:   δοξάζει M    |   κεν M   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,21–22; Dind. II.105,2–3

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)


Or. 314.13 (recThom gloss) ⟨δοξάζεις⟩: ὑπολαμβάνεις  —A2CrMnRSSaOxZZaZlZmT

REF. SYMBOL: R       POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx

APP. CRIT. 2:   -βάνης Aa2Zl (δοξάζης in text AaZl)   |


Or. 314.14 (rec paraphr) ⟨δοξάζῃς⟩: καὶ δόξαν καὶ δόκησιν δίδως  —V

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 314.15 (rec paraphr) ⟨δοξάζῃς⟩: καὶ δόξαν καὶ δόκησιν ἔχεις  —PrZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ δόξαν om. Zu


Or. 314.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δοξάζῃς⟩: δόξαν ὑπόληψιν δίδως  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 314.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δοξάζῃς⟩: δίδως δόκησιν  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 314.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δοξάζῃς⟩: δοξάζῃ  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 314.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δοξάζῃς⟩: φαίνῃ  —P2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 314.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δοξάζῃς⟩: φαίνεσαι νῦν  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.105,11

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage


Or. 314.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨νοσεῖν⟩: μαίνεσθαι  —P2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 314.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νοσεῖν⟩: ὑπὸ τῆς φορᾶς τῆς ἀνάγκης  —P2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 314.23 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨νοσεῖν⟩: τὸ  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 315.01 (pllgn exeg) ἕπεται γὰρ ἐκ τῆς νόσου τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀρτὶ ληγούσης ἡ ταλαιπωρία.  —P2

REF. SYMBOL: P2      POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:  ταλεπωρία P2

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.105,13–14


Or. 315.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κάματος⟩: ἐκ τούτου γὰρ τοῦ δοξάζειν ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀσθενεῖς ἀπηλλαγμένους τῆς νόσου ἀμελεῖται, καὶ οὕτως γίνεται κάματος.  —Lp

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπηλαγμένους Lp   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.105,11–13


Or. 315.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨κάματος⟩: κόπος  —V1Aa2AbMnPrRSaZcZaB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ὁ prep. Aa2MnSa


Or. 315.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κάματος⟩: ὁ διὰ τῆς νόσου κόπος  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 315.05 (rec gloss) ⟨κάματος⟩: θλίψις  —V1FPr

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from 315.03 with καὶ V1


Or. 315.06 (rec gloss) ⟨κάματος⟩: ἀνάγκη  —AbCrMnRSaOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ ἡ prep. CrOx


Or. 315.07 (rec gloss) ⟨κάματος⟩: δυστυχία  —PrB3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 315.08 (rec gloss) ⟨κάματος⟩: ἀπορία  —Rfr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 315.09 (thom gloss) ⟨κάματος⟩: κακοπάθεια  —ZmGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.105,15


Or. 315.10 (thom gloss) ⟨κάματος⟩: ἀγανάκτησις  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.105,16


Or. 315.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κάματος⟩: βάρος  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 315.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κάματος⟩: καὶ λύπη  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 315.13 (rec artGloss) ⟨κάματος⟩:  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 315.14 (rec gloss) ⟨βροτοῖσιν⟩: ἐν  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 315.15 (rec exeg) ⟨βροτοῖσιν⟩: σοὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.105,15


Or. 315.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βροτοῖσιν⟩: τοῖς ἀνθρώποις  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 315.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βροτοῖσιν⟩: καὶ ἐν τοῖς φίλοις αὐτοῦ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτῶ V3


Or. 315.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βροτοῖσιν⟩: βροτῶν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 315.19 (rec artGloss) ⟨βροτοῖσιν⟩: τοῖς  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 315.20 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπορία τε γίνεται⟩: ἀσθένειαν, ἀπελπισμὸν προξενεῖ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 315.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπορία⟩: δυστυχία  —AbMnRSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 315.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπορία⟩: ἀσθένεια  —RfYf

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Yf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.105,16 (and misread 105,15)


Or. 315.23 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπορία⟩: ἀμηχανία  —PrGZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Zu


Or. 315.24 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀπορία⟩: ἀπόγνωσις  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.105,17


Or. 315.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπορία⟩: καὶ ἀδυναμία  —CrOxP2

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.105,16


Or. 315.26 (tri metr) ⟨ἀπορία⟩: long mark over final alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 315.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τε⟩: καὶ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 315.28 (recThom gloss) ⟨γίνεται⟩: τοῦτο  —AbZlZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES:  Omitted by Ta.


Or. 315.29 (tri metr) ⟨γίνεται⟩: long mark over iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 315.30 (tri metr) coronis  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 316.01 (316–331) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: αἶ αἶ:  0τὰ τοιαῦτα εἴδη τῶν χορῶν καλεῖται κατὰ σχέσιν, ὡς εἴρηται. ἔστι δὲ τὸ ᾆσμα μιᾶς στροφῆς. εἰσὶ δὲ τὰ κῶλα τῆς στροφῆς ιϛʹ, καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς τοσαῦτα.  1τὸ αʹ ἰαμβικὸν μονόμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἤτοι κώλου τμῆμα.  2τὸ δεύτερον παιωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παιώνων δʹ δύο.  3τὸ γʹ ὅμοιον ἡμιόλιον, ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ ἰάμβου.  4τὸ δʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐξ ἀντισπάστου, παίωνος αʹ καὶ δʹ διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον.  5τὸ εʹ ὅμοιον τῷ γʹ.  6τὸ ϛʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐξ ἀντισπάστου, παίωνος αʹ καὶ κρητικοῦ διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον.  7τὸ ζʹ χοριαμβικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐκ χοριάμβου, ἐπιτρίτου αʹ καὶ κρητικοῦ διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον. τὸ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς δὲ κῶλον πεντασύλλαβον ἔχει τὸν ἐπίτριτον.  8τὸ ηʹ ἀσυνάρτητον ἐκ παιωνικῶν ἡμιολίων δύο συγκείμενον. ἕκαστον δὲ ἐκ παίωνος ἐστὶ δʹ καὶ ἰάμβου.  9–10τὸ θʹ καὶ ιʹ κατὰ πάντα ὅμοια.  11το ιαʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου αʹ, παίωνος αʹ καὶ συλλαβῆς. εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἀκατάληκτον τοῦ δευτέρου ποδὸς διτροχαίου πεντεσυλλάβου.  12τὸ ιβʹ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐκ χοριάμβου καὶ μολοσσοῦ. τὸ δέ γε τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς κῶλον ἐπίτριτον ἔχει γʹ ἀντὶ χοριάμβου.  13τὸ ιγʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου γʹ καὶ αʹ καὶ συλλαβῆς. τὸ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς δὲ κῶλον διαλελυμένην ἔχει τὴν τοιαύτην συλλαβὴν εἰς δύο βραχείας.  14τὸ ιδʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον, τῶν πρώτων δύο ποδῶν χορείων.  15τὸ ιεʹ παιωνικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παιώνων δʹ δύο, τοῦ δευτέρου ἐνταῦθα μὲν πεντασυλλάβου, ἐν δὲ τῷ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς κώλῳ ἑξασυλλάβου, καὶ κρητικοῦ διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον.  16τὸ ιϛʹ ἰωνικὸν ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐκ παίωνος δʹ ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ, διιάμβου καὶ κρητικοῦ.  17ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει τῆς μὲν στροφῆς παράγραφος, τῆς δὲ ἀντιστροφῆς κορωνίς.   —T

1316=332 ‒ ‒
αἶ αἶ
ὦ Ζεῦ
2317=333 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑⏑⏑‒
δρομάδες ὦ πτεροφόροι
τίς ἔλεος, τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν
3318=334 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
ποτνιάδες θεαί
φόνιος ἔρχεται
4319=335 ⏑‒ ‒⏑,‒⏑⏑⏑,⏑⏑⏑‒
ἀβάκχευτον αἳ θίασον ἐλάχετ’ ἐν
θοάζων σε τὸν μέλεον; ὃ δάκρυα
5320=336 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
δάκρυσι καὶ γόοις
δάκρυσι συμβάλλει
6321=337 ⏑‒ ‒⏑,‒⏑⏑⏑,‒⏑‒
μελαγχρῶτες Εὐμενίδες, αἵτε τὸν
πορεύων τις ἐς δόμον ἀλαστόρων
7322=338 ‒⏑⏑‒,⏑‒ ‒⏔,‒⏑‒
ταναὸν αἰθέρ’ ἀμπάλλεσθ’, αἵματος
ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει [koine short mark over ευ]
8323=339 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒,⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
τινύμεναι δίκαν, τινύμεναι φόνον
κατολοφύρομαι κατολοφύρομαι
9324=340 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒,⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
καθικετεύομαι καθικετεύομαι
ὁ μέγας ὄλβος οὐ μόνιμος ἐν βροτοῖς
10325=341 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒,⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον ἐάσατ’ ἐκ-
ἀνὰ δὲ λαῖφος ὥς τις ἀκάτου θοᾶ
11326=342 ⏑‒ ‒ ‒,‒⏑⏑⏑,‒ / ⏑‒ ‒ ‒,‒⏑⏑͡⏑‒
λαθέσθαι λύσσας μανιάδος
τινάξας δαίμων κατέκλυσεν
12327=343 ‒⏓⏑‒,‒ ‒ ‒
φοιταλέου. φεῦ μόχθων
δεινῶν πόνων ὡς πόντου
13328=344 ‒ ‒⏑‒,⏑‒ ‒ ‒,⏔
οἵων, τάλας, ὀρεχθεὶς ἔρρεις
λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις ἐν κύμασιν
14329=345 ⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,⏑‒⏑‒,⏑
τρίποδος ἀπόφατιν ἃν ὁ Φοῖβος
τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος οἶκον ἄλλον
15330=346 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,‒⏑‒ = ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑⏑⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,‒⏑‒
ἔλακε δεξάμενος ἀνὰ δάπεδον
ἕτερον ἢ τὸν ἀπὸ θεογόνων γάμων
16331=347 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒⏑‒,‒⏑‒
ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι λέγονται μυχοί
τὸν ἀπὸ Ταντάλου σέβεσθαί με χρή

TRANSLATION:   Such forms of choral songs are called ‘in responsion’, as has been said. And the song is of a single strophe, and the cola of the strophe number sixteen, and those of the antistophe are as many. The first colon is a brachycatalectic iambic monometer, or a portion of a colon. The second colon is an acatalectic paeonic dimeter consisting of two fourth paeons. The third colon is a one-and-a-half-measure line of the same rhythm, consisting of a fourth paeon and an iamb. The fourth colon is an acatalectic antispastic trimeter made of an antispast, a first paeon and a fourth paeon because of the final anceps syllable. The fifth colon is similar to the third. The sixth colon is a catalectic antispastic trimeter made of an antispast, a first paeon and a cretic because of the final anceps syllable. The seventh colon is a catalectic choriambic trimeter formed from a choriamb, a first epitrite, and a cretic because of the final anceps syllable, but the colon of the antistrophe has its epitrite in five-syllable form (with resolution of one long). The eighth colon is asynartete formed from a compound of two one-and-a-half-measure paeonic units, and each one consists of a fourth paeon and an iamb. The ninth and tenth cola are similar (to the eighth) in every respect. The eleventh colon is a hypercatalectic antispastic dimeter made of a first epitrite, a first paeon, and a syllable; but if you prefer, an acatalectic colon with the second foot a five-syllable ditrochee. The twelfth colon is a catalectic choriambic dimeter made of a choriamb and molossus, but the colon of the antistophe has a third epitrite in place of the choriamb. The thirteenth colon is a hypercatalectic antispastic dimeter formed by a third epitrite, a first epitrite, and syllable. But the colon of the antistrophe has such a syllable resolved into two shorts. The fourteenth is a hypercatalectic iambic dimeter, the first two feet being chorei. The fifteenth colon is an acatalectic paeonic trimeter made of two second paeons—the second being here (in the strophe) five syllables, but in the colon of the antistrophe six syllables—and a cretic because of the final anceps syllable. The sixteenth colon is a catalectic ionic a minore trimeter, formed by a fourth paeon in place of the ionic, a double iamb, and a cretic. At the end of the strophe a paragraphos, and of the antistrophe a coronis.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.

APP. CRIT.:   4–6 καὶ δʹ διὰ … παίωνος αʹ om. Ta

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.12,30–13,21; de Fav. 51–52

COMMENT:   The scansion of colon 7 is problematic. What is said would make most sense if Triclinius had read ὅς σ’ in 338, with the third element long and resolution in the fourth element consisting of ἀνα-; but his text is ὅ σ’ ανα‑ and he places his note about resolution, ἀντὶ μιᾶς, over ὅ σ’ α-, which leaves the fourth element short and the metron an antispast and not an epitrite, unless without comment or justification he is counting the second alpha of ἀνα‑ as long. This may be a case where Triclinius changed his mind and did not bring his description into full accord with the text, or vice versa. Note also that in 338 he treats ευ as short before ει to make ‑βακχεύει a cretic (338.34).


Or. 316.02 (316–331) (tri metr) στροφὴ κώλων ιϛʹ  —T

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52


Or. 316.03 (recTri gloss) ⟨αἶ αἶ⟩: φεῦ  —AbT

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 317.01 (vet exeg) δρομάδες ὦ πτεροφόροι: 1πανταχοῦ περιτρέχουσαι καὶ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.  2ἢ περιτρέχειν ποιοῦσαι τοὺς μεμηνότας.   —MBVCKMnPrRbRwSSa, partial GRaRf

TRANSLATION:   (‘Dromades’ means) running around everywhere and punishing humans; or causing those who have gone mad to run around.

LEMMA: MBCPr, δρομάδες VMnRbRwSS      REF. SYMBOL: VRaRbRfSa      POSITION: s.l. GK

APP. CRIT.:   αἱ prep. Rf   |    πανταχοῦ … καὶ om. Ra   |    πάντα τρέχουσαι G   |    τιμωροῦσαι VMnRaRbRfRwSSa   |    2 ἢ περιτρ. κτλ om. GRf   |    παρὰ τὸ τρέχειν SSa   |    καὶ add. before τοὺς μεμ. MnRbS

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,23–25; Dind. II.106,5–7


Or. 317.02 (rec exeg) ⟨δρομάδες ὦ πτεροφόροι ⟩: πανταχοῦ περιτρέχουσαι καὶ τιμωροῦαι τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας ἢ περιφέρουσαι καὶ ποιοῦσαι τρέχειν τοὺς τιμωρουμένους.  —V

TRANSLATION:  (‘Dromades’ means) running around everywhere and punishing wrongdoers; or carrying around or causing to run those being punished.

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 317.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δρομάδες ὦ πτεροφόροι⟩: δρομάδας λέγει ὡς ταχυτάτας. πανταχοῦ περιτρέχουσαι καὶ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. τὸ γὰρ θεῖον πανταχοῦ πάρεστι. πτεροφόρους λέγουσι τοὺς δαίμονας ὡς καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους μὴ ὄντας· ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἄϋλοι, πῶς πτερὰ ἔχουσιν; ὅμως δὲ διότι ταχύτατα τῶν ζώων πτερὰ ἔχουσιν, κατὰ τοῦτο καὶ τοὺς δαίμονας ὡς ταχυτάτους λέγομεν ἔχειν πτερά.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   He calls them ‘dromades’ (running) as being very swift. Running around everywhere and punishing humans. For that which is divine is present everywhere. They call the minor divinities (i.e., the Erinyes) ‘wing-bearing’ just as (we so call) the angels, though angels are not so. For since they are not corporeal, how do they have wings? But nevertheless because the swiftest of animals have wings, on this principle we also say that the minor divinities, since they are very swift, have wings.


Or. 317.04 (pllgn exeg) αἱ πανταχοῦ περιτρέχουσαι εἰς τιμωρίαν τῶν κακῶς πραττόντων ἢ αἱ ποιοῦσαι περιτρέχειν τοὺς μεμηνότας  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 317.05 (rec gloss) ⟨δρομάδες⟩: πανταχοῦ περιτρέχουσαι  —OCRP2

POSITION: s.l. except marg. O

APP. CRIT.:  αἱ prep. P2   |   ἐπιτρέχουσαι O


Or. 317.06 (thom exeg) ⟨δρομάδες⟩: αἱ πανταχοῦ τρέχουσαι ἢ αἱ πανταχοῦ τρέχειν ποιοῦσαι τοὺς μαινομένους  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Dromades’ means) ‘those running everywhere’ or ‘those causing the insane to run everywhere’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ἢ αἱ κτλ om. Zm


Or. 317.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨δρομάδες⟩: δρομικαὶ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:  δρομιστικαὶ T


Or. 317.08 (moschThom gloss) ⟨δρομάδες⟩: ταχεῖαι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZZaZlZmT

POSITION: s.l. except X (cont. from prev. X); twice in T (Mosch. instance cont. from prev.)


Or. 317.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δρομάδες⟩: καὶ σύντομοι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 317.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨δρομάδες⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ τρέχω  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  etymology


Or. 317.11 (rec gloss) ⟨πτεροφόροι⟩: ταχεῖαι  —AbCrMnRSSaOxZm

POSITION: s.l.; at first above δρομάδες Ab, but erased there

APP. CRIT.:  ὦ prep. AbMnSa, καὶ ὦ prep. S, καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 317.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πτεροφόροι⟩: αἱ φέρουσαι πτερὰ ὡς ταχεῖαι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 317.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πτεροφόροι⟩: ταχύτατοι  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 317.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πτεροφόροι⟩: ταχύτατα γὰρ τὰ πτερὰ.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 318.01 (vet exeg) Ποτνιάδες θεαί: 1μανιοποιοί.  2Πότνιαι γὰρ χωρίον ἐστὶ Βοιωτίας, ἔνθα φαγοῦσαι βοτάνην αἱ Γλαύκου ἵπποι καὶ μανεῖσαι διεσπάσαντο τὸν ἴδιον δεσπότην Γλαῦκον τὸν Βελλεροφόντου πατέρα ἐν τῷ ἐπιταφίῳ Πελίου. ||  3Πότνιαι δὲ πόλις Βοιωτίας, ὅθεν καὶ Γλαῦκος ⟨ὁ Ἀνθηδόνιος⟩ ἁλιεὺς ⟨ * * καὶ αὐτὸς⟩ γευσάμενος ἐμμανὴς γέγονε καὶ ἥλατο εἰς θάλασσαν {ὁ Ἀνθηδόνιος}.   —MBVCMnPrRaRbRwSSa, partial HORf

TRANSLATION:   Instilling madness. For Potniae is a place in Boeotia, where the mares of Glaucus, having eaten a plant and gone mad, tore apart their own master, Glaucus the father of Bellerophon, at the funeral-games of Pelias. || And Potniae is a city of Boeotia, from which also Glaucus the Anthedonian, a fisherman ⟨lacuna: (missing words) — and himself⟩ having tasted it he went mad and jumped into the sea.

LEMMA: MVC, ὦ ποτνιάδες Sa; ποτνιάδες MnRbRwS (ἱστορία in marg. S)      REF. SYMBOL: VSa      POSITION: marg. H, s.l. O; cont. from 317.01 BPrRf, prep. ποτνιάδες δὲ BPr

APP. CRIT.:   1 μανιοποιοί] οἱ μαν. Pr, om. RaRfRw   |    2 πότνια PrRw   |    γὰρ om. HRaRf   |    χωρίον ἐστὶ] ἐστὶ Pr, χώρά ἐστι V, compend. χώ() ἐστι H   |    τῆς Βοιωτίας Rf   |    words after Βοι‑ lost to trimming H, not enough room for whole remainder before next ref. symbol   |    αἱ om. MnRb   |    γλαύκου] γλαυκος V, corr. V2/3   |    διεσπάσαντο om. S   |    2–3 γλαῦκον τὸν κτλ om. Rf   |    2–3 ἐν τῷ κτλ om. O   |    2 ὡς ἐν τῶ MnRaSSa   |    πελίου] ὀρπεδίου V   |    3 πότνιαι] πότνια MCPrRw, ποτνιάδες VMn, τὸ ποτνιάδες RaRbSSa   |    δὲ] οὖν BPr, καὶ Rb, om. Mn   |    πόλις om. VMnRaRbSSa   |    καὶ om. MnPrRaRbS   |    ὁ ἀνθηδ. transp. here from end Mastr. (after Schw., quoting Et. Magn.)   |    γλαῦκος ἁλιεὺς Rw, γλαῦκος others   |    καὶ αὐτὸς suppl. e.g. Mastr.; ⟨ *** ⟩ γευσάμενον ⟨ *** ⟩ Schw. (from Et. Magn.)   |    γευσάμενος] δοξάμενος Ra, om. B (between γλαῦκος and ἐμμ‑ blank space ca. 12 ltrs.)   |    ἐκμανεὶς C   |    γεγονὼς Rw   |    εἰς τὴν θάλ. MnPrRw   |    ὁ ἀνθηδόνιος om. Pr, del. Schw.   |    ὁ] ὡς ὁ C; οὕτως Rw, om. BS (B leaving space for ca. 4 letters before ἀνθηδ())   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 πότναι Rb   |    βιωτίας Mn   |    βελεροφ. VRb, βελλερεφ. Ra, βελερεφ. Mn   |    πελίου] πελλίου C, πέλει MnSSa, πέλ() RaRb   |    3 βιωτίας MnRb, βοιοτ(ίας) Ra   |    ἐμμανεῖς Ra   |    γέγονεν M   |    ἤλατο MVRaRb, ἥλλατο BPrSa, ἤλλατο CMnRwS   |    ἀνθηδ() B, ἀνθης Rw, θηδόνιος RaRb   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.130,1–6; Dind. II.106,9–14

COMMENT:   The note offers two different explanations of the epithet ‘Potnian’ based on the myths of two different mythological figures named Glaucus. These explanations are found in the same sequence in Et. Magn. 685,40–49 s.v. Ποτνιάδες θεαί (probably based on a fuller commentary on this play): αἱ μανιοποιοί. Εὐριπίδης Ὀρέστῃ, περὶ τῶν Ἐρινύων. Πότνιαι γὰρ χωρίον Βοιωτίας, ἔνθα φαγοῦσαι βοτάνην αἱ Γλαύκου ἵπποι τοῦ Βελλεροφόντου, καὶ μανεῖσαι, διεσπάσαντο τὸν ἴδιον δεσπότην. ἄλλως [Schw., ἀλλὰ codd.] καὶ Γλαῦκος ὁ Ἀνθηδόνιος ἁλιεὺς, ἑωρακὼς ἰχθῦν παρὰ ψάμμῳ βοτάνης γευσάμενον καὶ ἀναζήσαντα, φαγὼν καὶ αὐτὸς, ἐμμανὴς γέγονε καὶ ἥλατο εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. ἢ ὅτι ἀθάνατος μὲν, οὐκ ἀγήρως δὲ γεγονὼς, ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἑαυτὸν κατεπόντισεν. Clearly in the tradition of the scholia there was some damage to the last portion: ὁ ἀνθηδόνιος was part of the illegible text but was perhaps supplied in the margin at some point and later was inserted at the end of the note; ἀλιεὺς remarkably is still read in Rw, and since Rw does not restore anything else from the Et. Magn. version, this seems to be a genuine survival of a version where a little more of the damaged passage had been read (compare Rw’s sole testimony to τέχνημα in sch. 25.10). Schw. may be right to emend to γευσάμενον and assume a lacuna before and after it on the assumption that words like those in the Et. Magn. version were once present before and after the participle. But the original that was damaged may have had modified wording and with only one lacuna γευσάμενος could be kept in reference to Glaucus himself (‘having seen a fish … and himself tasting it’). The lacuna could even be quite short, e.g., ⟨βοτάνης τινὸς⟩ γευσάμενος, and one may wonder whether the similarity of (ἁ)λιευς and γευσ‑ may have prompted an omission (repaired in the margin, with the marginal words later becoming mostly illegible). See also sch. Or. 364.01, sch. Ph. 1124; Sch. Lycophr. 754a Leone (with the parallels there cited). For the Euboean Glaucus who became a sea-god, see Gantz 732–733, and for Glaucus of Potniae see Gantz 175.

COLLATION NOTES:   Check new image of H when available.   |


Or. 318.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ποτνιάδες⟩: μανι⟨ο⟩ποιοί· Πότνια χώρα βοιωτίας, ἐν ᾗ ἀναφύεται βοτάνη θανατηρὰ καὶ μαν⟨ι⟩οποιά· ταύτην γὰρ φαγόντες οἱ τοῦ Γλαύκου ἵπποι ἀπεσφαίρισαν ἐκεῖνον καὶ φθορὰν ὑπέστη τὴν παντελῆ.  —F

POSITION: marg.


Or. 318.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ποτνιάδες⟩: 1ποτινάδες δὲ μαν⟨ι⟩οποιαί.  2Πότνια γὰρ χώρα ἐστὶ Βοιωτίας, ἔνθα μανεῖσαι αἱ Γλαύκου ἵπποι τὸν ἴδιον δεσπότην Γλαῦκον διεσπάραξαν.   —Lb

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἔστι Lb   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.106,15–17


Or. 318.04 (pllgn exeg) ἄλλως: 1Ποτνιάδας φησὶ τὰς Ἐριννύας ἀφ’ ἱστορίας τοιαύτης.  2Πότνιά ἐστι τόπος ἐν τῇ Βοιωτίᾳ·  3ἐφύοντο γοῦν ἐκεῖ βοτάναι μανίας ἐμποιητικαὶ·  4εἰς ὃν, ὡς λόγος εἴρηται, παραγενόμενος καὶ Γλαῦκος μετὰ τῶν ἵππων αὐτοῦ,  5⟨γευσάμεναι⟩ τῶν βοτανῶν καὶ ἐμμανεῖσαι διέφθειραν τὸν Γλαῦκον.  6ἐπειδὴ καὶ Ἐριννύες αἴτιαι μανιῶν εἰσι, διὰ τοῦτο ταύτας φησὶ Ποτνιάδας.   —Lb

TRANSLATION:  He calls the Erinyes ‘Potniades’ because of a mythical tale like this: Potnia is a place in Boeoetia. Now, there grew in that place plants that instill madness. As the story has been told, when Glaucus too together with his horses arrived at this place, they (the horses), having tasted of the plants and gone made, killed Glaucus. Because the Erinyes too are responsible for fits of madness, for this reason he calls them ‘Potniades’.

LEMMA: Lb

APP. CRIT.:   3 μανίας] Dind., μανίαι Lb (read as μανίαν by Matt.)   |    4 εἴρηται Mastr. ἐρεῖ Lb   |    5 suppl. e.g. Mastr. (i.e., with nominative absolute preceding) or ⟨αἳ γευσάμεναι⟩ with anacoluthon), ⟨γευσάμενος⟩ Dind.   |    6 ἐρίννυσι Lb, corr. Matt. after King

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐριννὰς Lb, corr. Matt.   |    τοιαῦτης Lb   |    2 πότνια ἐστὶ Lb   |    βοτᾶναι Lb   |    6 εἰσὶ Lb   |    ταῦτας Lb   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.106,17–23


Or. 318.05 (rec gloss) ⟨Ποτνιάδες⟩: μανιοποιοί  —M2CAaAbGMnPrRRfrSSaGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. S, ἀνιοποιοὶ prep. Pr

APP. CRIT. 2:   μανοποιοὶ Gu, μαινοποιοί G   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.106,23


Or. 318.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ποτνιάδες⟩: κακομανιοποιοί  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.106,1


Or. 318.07 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ἀπὸ ⟨τῶν⟩ Ποτνιάδων ἵππων μετήνεγκεν, αἳ μανεῖσαι ἔφαγον τὸν Γλαῦκον .  —MBC

TRANSLATION:   He (the poet) created a transferred sense (of the epithet) taken from the horses of Potniae, who went mad and ate Glaucus.

LEMMA: C      POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. B

APP. CRIT.:  τῶν Dindorf (as if in mss)

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀποτνιάδων C   |    μανῆσαι M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.130,7–8; Dind. II.106,8–9


Or. 318.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ποτνιάδες⟩: αἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ποτνίου χωρίου  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦ om. Cr

COMMENT:   The adjective Πότνιος is otherwise attested only in Steph. Byz. s.v. Πότνια.

KEYWORDS:  rare word


Or. 318.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: τίμιαι  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 318.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: ἢ ἔντιμοι  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 318.11 (recThom gloss) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: σεβάσμιαι  —KZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 318.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: ἔστι κατὰ ἀντίφρασιν  —Ab

REF. SYMBOL: Ab      POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίφρασις


Or. 318.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: ἄτιμοι κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  εὐφημισμός


Or. 318.14 (thom exeg) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Potniades’, ‘honored ladies’, is used) by euphemism.

POSITION: s.l. Gu, marg. Zm

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.106.23

KEYWORDS:  εὐφημισμός


Or. 318.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ μισηταὶ  —K

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.106,23


Or. 318.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεαί⟩: Ἐριννύες  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 318.17 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨θεαί⟩:  —Xo2Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 319.01 (vet exeg) ἀβάκχευτον αἳ θίασον: 1ἤτοι κακοβάκχευτον, τὸν κακὴν ἔχοντα βακχείαν οὐ πρέπουσαν τῷ Διονύσῳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν θρήνοις καὶ γόοις ἐξεργαζομένην.  2ἢ παρόσον ἄοινα καὶ νηφάλια ταῖς θεαῖς ταύταις τὰ ἱερὰ συντελεῖται.  3ἢ τὸν μεγάλως ἐκβακχεύοντα.   —MBVCPrRw, partial(?)H

TRANSLATION:   (‘Without revelry’,) that is, with harmful revelry, the one having a harmful revelry not suiting Dionysus but produced in dirges and lamentations. Or, inasmuch as the sacrifices that are accomplished for these goddesses are without wine and sober. Or, the one that rouses to a great frenzy.

LEMMA: MC(αἲ), ἀβάκχευτον θίασον B(θίασσον)Pr, ἀβάκχευτον VRw      REF. SYMBOL: HBV

APP. CRIT.:   H mostly lost, length cannot be estimated accurately   |    1 ἥτοι om. Sa, ἤτοι τὸν Pr   |    τὸν] τὸ MC, ἢ τὸν Pr   |    ἐξεργαζομένην Mastr., ἐξεταζομένην all except διεξεταζομένην Pr   |    ταύταις] ταῦτα V   |    τὰ om. Pr   |    3 βακχεύοντα Rw

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἥτοι M   |    2 ἄοιν M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.130,9–12; Dind. II.106,24–107,3

COMMENT:   This reflects three standard explanations of alpha-privative compounds in poetry: α‑ equivalent to κακο-, α‑ actually privative, and α‑ as an intensifier. Transmitted ἐξεταζομένην seems doubtful, since even when it means something like ‘be numbered among’ the context implies some kind of examination, which hardly applies here. Against ἐξεργαζομένην, however, one must admit that the passive use of this present participle is extremely rare (e.g., [Aristot.] Ath. Pol. 16.4 ἐξεργαζομένης τῆς χώρας).


Or. 319.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον αἳ θίασον ἐλάχετ’⟩: οὐ βακχεύουσαι ὡς ὁ Βάκχος, ἀλλὰ κακῶς  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.107,4


Or. 319.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: δυσ(βάκχευτον)  —MLp2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.107,4


Or. 319.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: ἀμείλικτον  —M2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 319.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: ἀτερπῆ  —AbMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. S

COLLATION NOTES:   Above this gloss in R is an undeciphered damaged phrase: π[ or τ[ ca. 5 ]υσαῖ or ]υσὠ[(?).   |


Or. 319.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: κακοβάκχευτον, οὐ πρέποντα τῷ Διονύσῳ, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἐξεταζόμενον  —OC

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  πρέπουσαν C   |    τῷ om. O   |    ἀλλὰ τ. ἐξ. om. C

COMMENT:   For ἐξεταζόμενον, which gives no apparent sense (the phrase is only in O), see on sch. 319.01. Perhaps this is a failed attempt to interpret ἐν θρήνοις καὶ γόοις ἐξεταζομένην.


Or. 319.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: κακοβάκχευτον, ὅ ἐστι μὴ πρέποντα τῷ Βάκχῳ ἤγουν τῷ Διονύσῳ  —MnSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ἤτοι S

APP. CRIT. 2:   διονύσσω S   |


Or. 319.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: κακοβάκχευτον  —CrPrOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 319.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: τὸν μὴ χαίροντα  —VPr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 319.10 (rec exeg) ἀβάκχευτον: ἤγουν τὴν κακὴν ἔχοντα βακχείαν καὶ οὐ πρέπουσαν τῷ Διονύσῳ  —V3Rf

LEMMA: Rf      POSITION: s.l. V3

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν om. V3   |    βακχείαν ἔχοντα transp, V3   |    τοῦ διονύσου Rf


Or. 319.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: μανιώδη  —FPrP2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 319.12 (thom exeg) ἀβάκχευτον: ποταπὸν λυπηρὸν, εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἔστι βακχεύσασθαι καὶ χαρῆναι  —ZZaZlZmT

TRANSLATION:  Of a certain quality, (namely) painful, one to which it is not possible to revel or take delight.

LEMMA: T      POSITION: s.l. except T

APP. CRIT.:  ποταπὸν sep. s.l. T, om. ZaGu


Or. 319.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: ἀβάκχευτον μὴ ἔχοντα χαράν, βάκχεια γὰρ ἡ χαρὰ καὶ ἡ μανία.  —Zm

POSITION: marg.


Or. 319.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: οὐ προσήκοντα τῷ Διονύσῳ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 319.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: ἄγριον λυπηρὸν  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 319.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: καὶ ἄνυμφον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 319.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: πολυτάραχον  —AaSSa

POSITION: s.l.; prep. to sch. 319.23 SSa


Or. 319.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: τὸ α̅ ἐπίτασιν δηλ(οῖ), τὸ πολύ  —Y2

POSITION: marg.


Or. 319.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: πολὺ μεθὺ οὖσαι  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 319.20 (rec gloss) ⟨αἳ⟩: αἵτινες  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. S


Or. 319.21 (recTri gloss) ⟨θίασον⟩: χορὸν  —AaAb2CrGF2OxXo2TZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrOxZu, τὸν prep. F2

COLLATION NOTES:   Ab2 has another undeciphered (damaged, or erased?) gloss on this word.   |


Or. 319.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θίασον⟩: κλῆρον  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.107,5


Or. 319.23 (pllgn gram) ⟨θίασον⟩: θίασος τὸ ἀθροιζόμενον πλῆθος ἐπὶ τιμῇ θεῶν. τάττεται δὲ ἐπὶ παντὸς ἀθροίσματος. θιασῶται δὲ οἱ κοινωνοῦντες τοῦ θιάσου.  —B4

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT:   Cf. Suda θ 380, Photius θ 180.


Or. 319.24 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐλάχετ’⟩: ποιεῖτε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ταράσσειν  —SSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 319.25 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐλάχετ⟩: ποιεῖτε  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 319.26 (recTri gloss) ⟨ἐλάχετ⟩: ἐκληρώσασθε  —Aa2MnXo2ZmT

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Mn

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐκληρώσασθαι Aa2Mn   |


Or. 319.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐλάχετ’⟩: κλῆρον ἐλάβετε  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 319.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐλάχετ’⟩: ἐκληρώθητε  —Y2Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 320.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐν δάκρυσι καὶ γόοις⟩: οὐχὶ ἐν χοροῖς καὶ μέλεσιν ὡς οἱ θίασοι τοῦ Διονύσου  —F

POSITION: marg.


Or. 320.02 (recThom gloss) ⟨δάκρυσι⟩: ἐν  —Aa2AbXo2ZZa

LEMMA: ἐν om. in text AbZZa, present in prev. line Xo      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 320.03 (thom gloss) ⟨γόοις⟩: ἐν  —ZZaB4

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   app. τ’ἐν B4


Or. 320.04 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨γόοις⟩: θρήνοις  —CrOxT

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 320.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γόοις⟩: καὶ ἐν θρήνοις  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 321.01 (vet exeg) μελαγχρῶτες: 1μέλαιναι· χθόνιαι γάρ εἰσιν.  2ὡς καὶ πρὸς τὸν Μενέλαον Ὀρέστης φησὶν [408]· ‘ἔδοξ’ ἰδεῖν τρεῖς νυκτὶ προσφερεῖς κόρας’.   —MBVaCPrRw, partial OVbRb, app. H

TRANSLATION:   (‘Black-skinned’ means) black, for they are chthonic (deities). (Black,) just as Orestes in fact says to Menelaus: ‘I believed I saw three maidens similar to night’.

LEMMA: MCRw(BPr). lemma μελανοχρῶτες VaRb      REF. SYMBOL: HVaRb      POSITION: s.l. OVb; cont. from 319.01, prep. μελαγχρῶτες δὲ, BPr

APP. CRIT.:   H lost except for a few letters in sentence 2   |    1 χθόνιοι Pr, οὖ χθόνια M, οὐ χθόνιαι C, ἐπεὶ χθόνιαι (γὰρ om.) O   |    after εἰσιν sch. 321.03 inserted MBVaCPrRw   |    2 ὡς καὶ κτλ om. OVbRb   |    ὁ ὁρέστης (sic) Va   |    ἔδοξεν MC   |    προσφορεῖς M   |    κόρας om. B   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 μέλεναι Rb   |    γάρ εἰσίν M, γάρ εἰσι VbRb, γὰρ εἰσὶν VaRw   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.130,13–15; Dind. II.107,6–8

COMMENT:   The anomalous accentuation μελαγχρῶτες is universal in the manuscripts of the text and scholia here, and is also found in the editions of a few other texts. The expected accentuation μελάγχρωτες found in editions of Eur. and in Schwartz here is due to L. Dindorf.


Or. 321.02 (rec exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: μέλαιναι, ὡς καταχθόνιαι οὖσαι  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 321.03 (vet exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: ἢ μελαίνουσαι τοὺς νοσοῦντας  —MBOVaVbCaCbPraPrbRw

TRANSLATION:   Or (it means) making black those who are ill.

POSITION: s.l. OCbVbPrb; inserted between sent. 1 and 2 of sch. 321.01 MBCaVaPraRw

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ] om. Cb, καὶ Vb, ἢ ὡς Pra, ἢ αἱ Prb   |    τοὺς νοσ. μελ. transp. Vb   |    μελαίνουσι M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.130,13–14; Dind. II.107,6–7


Or. 321.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: ὡς μέλαιναι οὖσαι ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς Νυκτὸς γινόμεναι καὶ τοῦ Ἐρέβους, ἢ ὅτι ὡς μελαίνουσαι τοὺς νοσοῦντας  —F

TRANSLATION:   As being black because born from Night and Erebus, or because making black those who are ill.

REF. SYMBOL: F      POSITION: marg.


Or. 321.05 (rec exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: ὦ μέλαιναι μελανοχρόες, χθόνιαι γάρ εἰσιν.  —AbMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ὦ om. Ab   |    μελανχρῶες (sic) μέλαιναι transp. Ab   |    χθόνιοι Sa

APP. CRIT. 2:   μελανογχρόες Sa   |


Or. 321.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: μελανοσώματοι  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.107,9


Or. 321.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: καὶ μέλανα σώματα ἔχουσαι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   μέλαινα Ox (see on sch. 320.09)   |


Or. 321.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: διότι πάντα τὰ ἐν τῇ γῇ μέλανα εἰσὶ.  —Aa

REF. SYMBOL: Aa      POSITION: marg.


Or. 321.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: τὰ γὰρ δαιμόνια μέλαινα ὑπάρχουσιν ὡς καὶ ζωγράφουσιν αὐτά.  —Y2

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT:   In later Greek the masc./neuter stem could be μελαιν(ο)‑ as well as μελαν(ο)-; cf. μελαινονέφης, μελαινοφόρων, μελαινότερος and ‑τατος.


Or. 321.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: αἱ ἔχουσαι τὸν χρῶτα μέλαινα  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   See on 320.09.


Or. 321.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: αἱ μέλανα χρῶτα ἔχουσαι  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.107,8–9


Or. 321.12 (thom exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: τοῦτο λέγει διὰ τὸ τοὺς μαινομένους μέλανας τὸ χρῶμα ποιεῖν.  —ZZaZlZmTG

TRANSLATION:  He says this (‘black-skinned’) because they make the insane black in color.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  first τὸ om. T   |    μέλαν T, μέλαινας Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.107,9–10


Or. 321.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: μελανοποιοί  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 321.14 (recTri gloss) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: μέλαιναι  —RT

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 321.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: ἀφανεῖς  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 321.16 (rec artGloss) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩:  —RZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 321.17 (rec gloss) ⟨Εὐμενίδες⟩: Ἐρινύες  —AbMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l. (app. cont. from 321.05 SSa)

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐριννύες MnSa   |


Or. 321.18 (recMosch exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδες⟩: κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν  —V3FPrXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZuB3a

TRANSLATION:  (‘Eumenides’ is the name used) in euphemism.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   κατ’ εὐφημισμῶν Zu, κατεφημισμόν Yf   |

KEYWORDS:  εὐφημισμός


Or. 321.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Εὐμενίδες⟩: δυσμενεῖς  —Xo2B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 321.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Εὐμενίδες⟩: ἐχθραὶ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 321.21 (thom exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδες⟩: καὶ τοῦτο κατ’ εὐφημισμόν· δυσμενίδες γάρ εἰσι κατὰ τὸν ὀρθὸν καὶ ἀληθῆ λόγον.  —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:   This word (‘Kindly Ones’) too is used euphemistically. For (these goddesses) are hostile according to a correct and truthful reckoning.

POSITION: s.l. Gu

APP. CRIT.:  app. τοῦτο ὃ λέγει εὐμενίδες κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν φησὶ Zl (damage)   |    καὶ τοῦτο om. Gu

COMMENT:   καὶ τοῦτο, ‘this too’, refers to 318.14 κατ’ εὐφημισμόν, applying to ποτνιάδες (only in ZmGu).

KEYWORDS:  εὐφημισμός


Or. 321.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδες⟩: καὶ τιμωρητικαὶ θεαὶ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 322.01 (vet exeg) ταναὸν αἰθέρ’: 1ἀνὰ τὸν αἰθέρα πάλλεσθε πτερωταὶ οὖσαι.  2Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 9.571]· ‘ἠεροφοῖτις Ἐρινύς’.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   You leap/dart through the ether, being winged. Homer: ‘Erinys who travels in the air/mist’.

LEMMA: MC, τὸν ταναὸν αἰθέρα BPr, ἄλλως VRw      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: follows 322.03 VRw

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀνὰ τὸν αἰθ. om. Pr (no punct. between lemma and note)   |    πτερωταῖς οὔσαις VRw   |    2 καὶ ὅμ. VRw

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 πάλλεσθαι VRw   |    2 ἱεροφοῖτις M, ἱεροφόνται Pr   |    ἐρινῦς B, ἐριννύς PrRw   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.130,16–17; Dind. II.107,14–15

COMMENT:   See on 275.17.

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)


Or. 322.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ταναὸν αἰθέρα τὸν λεπτομερῆ, τροπικῶς·  2τὰ γὰρ τεινόμενα τῶν σωμάτων λεπτύνεται.  3τὸ δὲ ἀμπάλλεσθε ὡς ἀνακινοῦσιν αὐτὸν τὸν ἀέρα ἐμφαντικῶς,  4τουτέστιν ἀναπάλλεσθε τοῖς πτεροῖς,  5κατὰ τὸν Ὁμηρικὸν [Hom. Il. 13.17–19] Ποσειδῶνα τὸν σείοντα τοῖς ποσὶ καὶ τῇ πορείᾳ τὸ ὄρος.   —MBCPr, partial O

TRANSLATION:   ‘Rarefied ether’ in the sense ‘composed of subtle particles’, figuratively. For those bodies that are stretched out are made subtle. And the word ‘you vibrate’ (is used) because they stir up the air itself, in a vivid usage. That is, you make (it) vibrate with your wings, similar to the Homeric Poseidon who with his feet and his movement makes the mountain shake.

LEMMA: M(in marg.)C      POSITION: cont. from 322.01, add. δὲ, BPr; 1–2 left marg., rest s.l. and right marg. O

APP. CRIT.:   1 ταναὸν … λεπτομερῆ om. O   |    3 τὸ δὲ ἀμπ. ὡς] ὅτι O   |    δὲ om. MC   |    4 τουτέστιν· ἀναπάλλεσθε om. O

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τινόμενα M   |    4 τοῦτέστιν B, τουτἔστιν M   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,1–5; Dind. II.107,15–19

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer


Or. 322.03 (rec exeg) τὸν ταναὸν αἰθέρα: 1τὸν λεπτομερῆ, μεταφορικῶς·  2τὰ γὰρ τεινόμενα τῶν σωμάτων λεπτύνεται.  3ἐμφαντικῶς τὸν αἰθέρα ἀμπάλλεσθε ὡς ἀνακινουσῶν αὐτῶν τὸν ἀέρα τοῖς πτεροῖς,  4κατὰ τὸν Ὁμηρικὸν [Hom. Il. 13.17–19] Ποσειδῶνα τὸν λείποντα καὶ τῇ πορείᾳ τοῖς ποσὶ σείοντα τὸ ὄρος.   —VMnRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   ‘Composed of subtle particles’, metaphorically. For those bodies that are stretched out are made subtle. In a vivid usage ‘you vibrate the ether’ as if they are stirring up the air with their wings, similar to the Homeric Poseidon who leaves and in his movement makes the mountain shake with his feet.

LEMMA: all      REF. SYMBOL: VRaRbSa      POSITION: follows sch. 326.02 S

APP. CRIT.:   3–4 punct. and rubr. initial as if sep. scholion Rw   |    3 ἐμφ. om. S, ἐμφανῶς Rw   |    τὸν αἰθέρα om. MnRaRbSSa   |    ἀμπάλλεσθε] ἀμπάλεσθε a.c. V, ἐμπάλλεσθαι Rw, ἀπάλλεσθαι Ra, ἀπάλλεσθε Sa, ἀμπέλεσθαι Rb   |    ἀνακινοῦσαι RaRb   |    αὐτῶν] αὐτὸν Rb   |    after πτεροῖς add. αὐτῶν Ra   |    4 ὅμηρον V   |    λείποντα Sa, λειπόντα Mn, εἰπόντα others   |    τῇ om. a.c. V   |    τοὺς ὄρους Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.107,15–19 app.

KEYWORDS:  μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς   |   citation of Homer


Or. 322.04 (pllgn paraphr) τὸν λεπτομερῆ αἰθέρα ἀνακινοῦσαι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 322.05 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τὸν ταναὸν αἰθέρ’⟩: ἀνὰ  —AaFMnPrRXXaXbXoT+YYfGrB3a

POSITION: s.l. except marg. B3a

APP. CRIT.:  τὸν add. Aa

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross om. Ta.   |


Or. 322.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ταναὸν αἰθέρ’⟩: λεπτὸν ἀέρα  —V1

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 322.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨ταναὸν αἰθέρ’⟩: τὸν ἐπὶ πολὺ τεταμένον αἰθέρα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘Tanaon’ is applied to the ether in the sense) ‘the ether that is stretched out to a long distance’.

POSITION: s.l. except X


Or. 322.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: τὸν πολὺ τεταμένον  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 322.09 (vet gloss) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: τὸν λεπτομερὴ  —HMPr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 322.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: λεπτὸν  —OFGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ τὸν prep. F


Or. 322.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: τὸν ἐπιμήκη  —V

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 322.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: τὸν πλατὺν  —VAbMnRSSaB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. MnS   |    τὸν om. AbRSaB3a


Or. 322.13 (thom gloss) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: τὸν κεχυμένον  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu with cross.   |


Or. 322.14 (thom gloss) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: καὶ μέγαν  —ZZa

POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev.


Or. 322.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: διακεχύμενον  —Aarec

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 322.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: τὸν ἐξηπλωμένον  —PrGZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  τὸν om. G


Or. 322.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: ἐκτεταμένον  —P2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκτετραμμένον P2


Or. 322.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: καὶ τὸν μακρὸν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 322.19 (tri metr) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: long mark over first alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52


Or. 322.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἰθέρ’ ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: ὡς ἠεροφοίτης  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 322.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: ἀνα  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 322.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: πέτεσθε  —AaR

REF. SYMBOL: R      POSITION: s.l. Aa, marg. R

APP. CRIT.:  εἰς τὸν add. R


Or. 322.23 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: κινεῖσθε  —AaAbFMnRRfSSaZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. FS

APP. CRIT. 2:   κινεῖσθαι Zl, a.c. Zm   |


Or. 322.24 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: ἀνέρχεσθε  —MnRSSa

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT.:  ἀνέχεσθε MnS


Or. 322.25 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: πάλλεσθε  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X (cont. from 322.07)


Or. 322.26 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: ἔρχεσθε  —ZZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔρχεσθαι Zl   |


Or. 322.27 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: διέρχεσθε  —GK

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 322.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: καὶ ἀναστρέφεσθε  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 322.29 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: πηδᾶτε  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 322.30 (rec gloss) ⟨αἵματος⟩: ὑπὸ φόνου  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 322.31 (rec gloss) ⟨αἵματος⟩: ἕνεκεν αἵματος καὶ φόνου  —MnRSSa

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R


Or. 322.32 (rec gloss) ⟨αἵματος⟩: ἕνεκεν  —AbR

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 322.33 (thom gloss) ⟨αἵματος⟩: φόνου  —ZmTGuZc2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 322.34 (rec gloss) ⟨αἵματος⟩: τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας  —Pr

POSITION: marg.


Or. 322.35 (pllgn gram) ⟨αἵματος⟩: αἷμα ὁ φόνος. αἷμα τὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. καὶ αἷμα ἡ συγγένεια.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 322.36 (rec artGloss) ⟨αἵματος⟩: τοῦ  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 323.01 (mosch paraphr) τινύμεναι δίκαν: 1τινύμεναι δίκην αἵματος, ἤγουν λαμβάνουσαι δίκην φόνου, τουτέστι κολάζουσαι διὰ φόνον.  2τινύμεναι φόνον, ἤγουν φονεύουσαι.   —AaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   Exacting a penalty for bloodshed, that is, taking a penalty for murder, that is, punishing because of murder. Exacting murder, that is, killing.

LEMMA: G(τιννύ‑)

APP. CRIT.:  1 φόνου] φόνον Yf   |    κολάζουσι X   |    διὰ τὸν φόνον T

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τιννύ‑ AaG   |    2 τιννύ‑ AaXbG   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.108,10–12


Or. 323.02 (pllgn rhet) διπλασιάζει τὰς λέξεις.  —Y2

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT:   For διπλασιασμός indicating anaphora or epanaphora, cf. sch. Thom Ph. 1054 ὁ γὰρ τῶν ὀνομάτων διπλασιασμὸς ὑπερβολὴν θαύματος δηλοῖ.

KEYWORDS:  διπλασιασμός


Or. 323.03 (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: διὰ τὸ μέτρον ἓν ν̅ ὀφείλεις γράφειν εἰς τὸ τινύμεναι. οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει πρὸς τὸ κῶλον τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς οἰκείως.  —T

TRANSLATION:   Because of the meter you should write one nu in ‘tinumenai’ (not ‘tinnumenai’ with two, as in some manuscripts). For thus it is properly formed with respect to the colon of the antistrophe.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.13,22–23; de Fav. 52


Or. 323.04 (vet paraphr) first τινύμεναι: τιμωρίαν λαμβάνουσαι ὑπὲρ αἵματος καὶ φόνου  —MBVCPraPrbRb

TRANSLATION:   Exacting punishment for bloodshed and murder.

LEMMA: VRb, τινύμεναι φόνον C      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: intermarg. M; s.l. (above ἀμπάλλεσθ’ αἵματος) Prb; cont. from 322.02 BPra

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὸ τινύμεναι δίκαν ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. BPra(τιννύ-, δίκην Pra), πανταχοῦ prep. Prb   |    ὑπὲρ τοῦ C   |    καὶ om. Pra

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,6; Dind. II.107,20–21


Or. 323.05 (rec gloss) ⟨first τινύμεναι⟩: λαμβάνουσαι  —OXo2Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 323.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first τινύμεναι⟩: λαμβανόμεναι  —B4

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 323.07 (rec gloss) ⟨first τινύμεναι⟩: ζητοῦσαι  —VFPr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 323.08 (rec gloss) ⟨first τινύμεναι⟩: ἀποδιδοῦσαι  —AaAbGMnRSa

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R


Or. 323.09 (thom gloss) ⟨first τινύμεναι⟩: ἀνταποδιδοῦσαι  —ZZaZlZmZuTGuCrOxZc2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrOxZu   |    ἀνταποδιδοῦναι Zu


Or. 323.10 (rec gloss) ⟨first τινύμεναι⟩: τιμωρούμεναι  —Rf2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 323.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨first τινύμεναι⟩: τουτέστι κολάζουσαι διὰ φόνον  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 323.12 (tri metr) ⟨first τινύμεναι⟩: διὰ τὸ μέτρον  —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52


Or. 323.13 (recThom gloss) ⟨δίκαν⟩: τιμωρίαν  —OVAaAbFMnRSaPrXo2Zc2ZmGu

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R


Or. 323.14 (tri etaGloss) ⟨δίκαν⟩: δίκην  —TGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 323.15 (thom exeg) ⟨τινύμεναι φόνον⟩: 1Ἐριννύες θεαὶ τρεῖς παρ’ Ἕλλησιν ἔφοροι φόνου καὶ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς φονεῖς.  2καλοῦνται δὲ Ἀληκτὼ Μέγαιρα καὶ Τισιφόνη.  3πῶς δὲ ἐνταῦθα λέγει ‘τιννύμεναι φόνον’;  4οὐ γὰρ ἀνταποδιδοῦσιν αὗται φόνον, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἐκδικοῦσιν τοὺς φόνους.  5λέγομεν οὖν ὅτι ἐξ ὧν ποιοῦσι τοὺς φονεῖς μαίνεσθαι παραπλήσιον ποιοῦσιν, ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ καὶ ἐφόνευον.  6ἢ τὸ τιννύμεναι φόνον ἀντὶ τοῦ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς φονεῖς νοητέον.  7τίω γάρ ἐστιν οὐ μόνον τὸ ἀνταποδίδωμι ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τιμῶ καὶ τὸ τιμωρῶ,  8ἵν’ ᾖ τὸ μὲν αἵματος τιννύμεναι δίκαν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνταποδιδοῦσαι, τὸ δὲ τιννύμεναι φόνον ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκδικοῦσαι τὸν φόνον καὶ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς φονεῖς.  9ἢ εἰ τὸ φόνων μεγαλογραφεῖται λάβοις ἂν ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ δίκαν καὶ τὸ τιννύμεναι ὡς καὶ τὸ πρῶτον ἐρεῖς.   —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   The Erinyes are three goddesses among the Greeks who oversee murder and punish murderers. And they are called Alecto, Megaera, and Tisiphone. And how does he say here ‘exacting (‘tinnumenai’) murder’? For these goddesses do not give back murder in return, but rather punish murders. So we explain that from the way they make murderers go crazy they do almost the same as if in fact they were killing them. Or, one must understand the phrase ‘exacting murder’ to mean ‘punishing the murderers’. For the verb ‘tiō’ means not just ‘give back in return’, but it also means ‘honor’ and ‘avenge/punish’, so that ‘exacting (‘tinnumenai’) penalty of bloodshed’ means ‘giving back in return’, but ‘exacting (‘tinnumenai’) murder’ means ‘avenging the murder and punishing the murderers’. Or, if you write the word with a long vowel (genitive ‘of murders’ instead of accusative ‘murder’), you would take ‘penalty’ in common (with both phrases) and you will say ‘exacting’ (‘tinnumenai’) in the same way as the first one.

REF. SYMBOL: ZlZm at 321 εὐμενίδες; at 318 θεαί ZZa      POSITION: on fol. with 323–335 T, fol. with 321–346 Gu

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἀλητὼ ZZaZmT, prob. Zl   |    καὶ om. Gu   |    3 λέγει ἐνταῦθα transp. Zm   |    3 φόνον] δίκην Gu   |    5 καὶ om. T   |    6 νοητέον τοὺς φονεῖς transp. ZlZmTGu   |    8 δίκην ZZaGu (δίκην in text ZZa)   |    9 δίκην Za [Zl ending washed out]   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐριννύαι Zm   |    2 μέγαρα Za   |    3–9 τινύμεναι T (all places)   |    4 ἐκδιοκοῦσι Gu   |    6 νοτέον Za   |    9 λάβης Zm   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.107,11–13 and 108,1–10


Or. 323.16 (rec gloss) ⟨second τιννύμεναι⟩: ἀναζητοῦσαι  —V

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 323.17 (rec gloss) ⟨second τιννύμεναι⟩: λαμβάνουσαι  —MnSaXo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 323.18 (thom gloss) ⟨second τιννύμεναι⟩: ἐκδικοῦσαι  —ZZaZlZmTGuAa2Zc2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. Zc2


Or. 323.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second τιννύμεναι⟩: τιμωροῦσαι  —Zc2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 323.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second τιννύμεναι⟩: τιμωρούμεναι  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 323.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second τιννύμεναι⟩: ἤγουν φονεύουσαι  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 323.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second τιννύμεναι⟩: καὶ ἀνταποδιδοῦσαι  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 323.23 (rec gloss) ⟨φόνον⟩: ποινὴν  —VGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 323.24 (rec gloss) ⟨φόνον⟩: δίκην  —V1

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 323.25 (rec exeg) ⟨φόνον⟩: τίνα; τοῦ Ὀρέστου δηλονότι.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  τῶ ὀρέ() Pr


Or. 323.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φόνον⟩: χάριν τοῦ αἵματος  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 323.27 (rec gloss) ⟨φόνον⟩: φόνους  —AbMnS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 323.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόνον⟩: διὰ τὸν  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 323.29 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φόνον⟩: φόνου  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 323.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φόνον⟩: φόνων  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 323.31 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόνου⟩: δίκην ἀπὸ κοινοῦ  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 324.01 (324–326) (rec paraphr) καθικετεύω ὑμᾶς ἐᾶσαι τὸν τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος παῖδα ἐπιλαθέσθαι τῆς μανίας τῆς λύπης καὶ τῆς νόσου τῆς ἐπιφοιτώσης αὐτῷ εἰς μανίαν.  —GK

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ὑμῖν K   |    καὶ add. before ἐπιλαθ. K   |    τὰς μανίας … τὰς ἐπιφοιτώσας K   |    καὶ om. G   |    αὐτὸν K


Or. 324.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨καθικετεύομαι καθικετεύομαι⟩: καθικετεύω καθικετεύω  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X


Or. 324.03 (rec exeg) ⟨first καθικετεύομαι⟩: καὶ καθικετεύω, τὸ παθητικὸν ἀντὶ ἐνεργητικοῦ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 324.04 (rec gloss) ⟨first καθικετεύομαι⟩: ἱκετεύω  —V

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 324.05 (thom gloss) ⟨first καθικετεύομαι⟩: λίαν παρακαλῶ  —ZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  λίαν lost to damage Zl


Or. 324.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first καθικετεύομαι⟩: ὑμᾶς  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 324.07 (rec gloss) ⟨second καθικετεύομαι⟩: ὑμᾶς ὦ ἐρίνυες  —AaAbMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.; above first καθικ. S

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. MnSSa

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐρίννυες AaRSa   |


Or. 324.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second καθικετεύομαι⟩: ὑμᾶς  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 325.01 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἀγαμέμνονος⟩: τοῦ  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 325.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨γόνον⟩: υἱὸν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCrF2

POSITION: s.l. (above τὸν Cr)

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Cr


Or. 325.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γόνον⟩: ἤγουν τὸν Ὀρέστην  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.; above ἐκλαθ. Aa


Or. 325.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γόνον⟩: γρ. δόμον.  —Za

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 325.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δόμον⟩: γρ. γόνον.  —Z

LEMMA: δόμον in text Z      POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 325.06 (325–326) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐάσατ’ ἐκλαθέσθαι⟩: καὶ ἐπιλήσμονες γένεσθε  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 325.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐάσατ’⟩: καταλείψατε  —CrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 325.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐάσατ’⟩: ἄφετε  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 325.09 (tri metr) ⟨ἐάσατ’⟩: long mark over first alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52


Or. 325.10 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἐκλαθέσθαι⟩: ὥστε  —OMnPrXXaXbXoTYYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 325.11 (325–326) (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκλαθέσθαι⟩: ἐπιλαθέσθαι  —Xo2Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 325.12 (325–326) (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκλαθέσθαι⟩: ἀποπαῦσαι  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 326.01 (326–327) (vet exeg) ⟨λύσσας μανιάδος φοιταλέου⟩: λύσσα καὶ μανία καὶ φοῖτος ἕν ἐστιν.  —MBC

TRANSLATION:   Insanity (‘lussa’) and madness (‘mania’) and wandering (‘phoitos’) are one thing.

POSITION: intermarg.; appended to sch. 327.01, add. δὲ, M

APP. CRIT. 2:   φοιτὸς C   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,9; Dind. II.108,17


Or. 326.02 (326–327) (vet exeg) λύσσας μανιάδος φοιταλέου: τῆς λύσσης τῆς καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιούσης καὶ φοιτᾶν, ὅ ἐστι περιϊέναι  —MCMnRbSSa, partial O

TRANSLATION:   The mental disturbance that makes one both go mad and roam about, that is, ‘go around’.

LEMMA: λύσσας Sa, λύσας MnRb      POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. OC; between 319.07 and 322.03 S

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς λύσσης om. O   |    first τῆς om. S   |    τῆς καὶ] Schw., καὶ τοῦ MC, τοῦ ORb, καὶ τῆς τοῦ MnSSa   |    ποιοῦσαι MCRb, ποιοῦσα O   |    καὶ φοιτᾶν κτλ om. O   |    second καὶ om. MCRb   |    ὅ ἐ. περ. om. C   |    at end add. λύσσα καὶ μανία Rb (cf. sch. 326.01)   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   λύσης Rb   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,7–8; Dind. II.108,14–15 app.


Or. 326.03 (326–327) (rec paraphr) ⟨λύσσας μανιάδος φοιταλέου⟩: τῆς ποιούσης τοὺς μαινομένους ὁρμᾶν μανίας  —AbMnRSSaGu

POSITION: s.l., except marg. R

APP. CRIT.:   μανίας om. AbRGu

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὁρμὰς Mn   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.108,13–14


Or. 326.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λύσσας⟩: καὶ τῆς μανίας  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l. CrOx


Or. 326.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λύσσας⟩: τῆς νόσου  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 326.06 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨λύσσας⟩: τῆς  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 326.07 (recTri etaGloss) ⟨λύσσας⟩: λύσσης  —AaRRfXTB3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 326.08 (rec gloss) ⟨μανιάδος⟩: μανιώδους  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 326.09 (moschThom gloss) ⟨μανιάδος⟩: μανικῆς  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZlZmT

POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. H


Or. 326.10 (326–327) (rec gloss) ⟨φοιταλέου⟩: μανικῆς  —VPrB3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 326.11 (326–327) (rec gloss) ⟨φοιταλέου⟩: κινητικῆς  —VK

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 326.12 (326–327) (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨φοιταλέου⟩: ὁρμητικῆς  —H4V3Aa2CrPrOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZlZmZuT*B4

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ἢ τῆς prep. V3, καὶ prep. Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.108,13


Or. 326.13 (326–327) (rec gloss) ⟨φοιταλέου⟩: τῆς ἐπερχομένης  —AbRS

POSITION: s.l.; twice in R (also above ‑λαθέσθαι)

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. S   |    τοὺς ἐπερχομένους S


Or. 326.14 (326–327) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨φοιταλέου⟩: τῆς ἐμποιούσης φοῖτον, ἐνθουσιαστικῆς  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 326.15 (326–327) (pllgn gloss) ⟨φοιταλέου⟩: φονευτικῆς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  crossed out later


Or. 327.01 (vet exeg) φεῦ μόχθων: τὸ φεῦ μόχθων καθ’ ἑαυτό. τουτέστι δυστυχής ἐστι χάριν τῶν μόχθων.  —MBCKPr

TRANSLATION:   The phrase ‘alas for the toils’ is by itself. That is, he is unfortunate because of his toils.

LEMMA: BPr      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: intermarg. MC, s.l. K

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ φεῦ μόχθων] τοῦτο Pr, om. K   |    ἐστι καὶ MC

APP. CRIT. 2:   καθεαυτὸ C, καθεαυτὸν M, καθ’ ἑαυτὸν Pr   |    τοῦτέστι B   |   τὸν μόχθον C   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,10–11; Dind. II.108,16–17


Or. 327.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1τοῦτο κατ’ ἰδίαν ἀναπεφώνηται.  2ἢ τὸ φεῦ συντέτακται, ἵν’ ᾖ φεῦ {ἰὼ Ζεῦ} οἵων μόχθων ὁ τάλας ὀρεχθεὶς ἔρρεις.   —MC, app. H

TRANSLATION:   This phrase has been uttered by itself. Or the exclamation ‘pheu’ (‘alas’) has been connected syntactically, so that it means: ‘Alas for the sort of toils that you, poor man, reached for and were ruined’.

LEMMA: C      POSITION: follows 332.01 MVC (cf. sch. 332.02 in HO); H app. has it in proper sequence

APP. CRIT.:   H almost entirely lost   |    1 ἀναπεφώνηκεν M [H]   |    2 ἰὼ ζεῦ del. Schw.

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κατιδίαν M   |    2 ὀρεχθεὶς by correction M (perhaps began ἔρρ)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,12–13; Dind. II.108,20–22

COMMENT:   The similarity of sch. 332.02 seems to have led to the displacement of this note and the interpolation of ἰὼ ζεῦ by a misunderstanding of 332.01, leading to the improbable idea that ἰὼ ζεῦ goes closely with φεῦ.


Or. 327.03 (rec exeg) ⟨φεῦ μόχθων⟩: ὦ τῆς ἀνάγκης· φεῦ σοι τῷ δυστυχεῖ χάριν τῆς κακοπαθείας  —VPr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ὦ τῆς ἀν. om. Pr


Or. 327.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φεῦ μόχθων⟩: σοι τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 327.05 (rec gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: χάριν  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 327.06 (rec gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: ἕνεκεν τῶν πόνων  —AbR

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  τῶν om. R


Or. 327.07 (rec gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: ἔνεκεν τῶν κόπων  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 327.08 (rec gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: ἕνεκεν τῶν  —CrSOx

POSITION: s.l.; Ox as two sep. glosses

APP. CRIT.:  τῶν om. Cr


Or. 327.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: τῶν πόνων  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 327.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: τῶν κακῶν  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 327.11 (thom exeg) ⟨μόχθων⟩: πόνων λέγω δὴ τοῦ τῆς μητρὸς φόνου  —ZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (Genitive ‘of toils’ means) ‘of the pains, I mean, (deriving) from the murder of the mother’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  τῶν prep. T   |    δὴ om. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.108,18

COMMENT:   λέγω δὴ means that Thomas advocated taking μόχθων as in apposition to λύσσας, not as genitive of cause with the exclamation, as others did.


Or. 327.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: δυστυχιῶν  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 327.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: ἔργων  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 327.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μόχθων⟩: ἐν ἄλλῳ μόχθων κακῶν  —Ar

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: ἐν ἄλλῳ


Or. 327.15 (mosch gloss) ⟨κακῶν μόχθων⟩: ἕνεκα  —XXaXoTYYfGGrZc

LEMMA:  κακῶν μόχθων in text XXaXoYfGr      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 327.16 (327–328) (vet exeg) οἵων ὁ τάλας ὀρεχθεὶς: 1πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀπέτεινε τὸν λόγον·  2οἵων πραγμάτων ὁ τάλας ἐπιθυμήσας·  3λέγει δὲ τοῦ φόνου τοῦ κατὰ τῆς μητρός·  4οἴχῃ καὶ διέφθαρσαι ἀπὸ τοῦ τρίποδος δεξάμενος τὴν μαντείαν ἣν ὁ Φοῖβος ἔλακεν.   —MBCPr, app. H

TRANSLATION:   (The chorus) turned its speech to address him (Orestes): ‘Having longed for what sort of things, poor man’. (The chorus) is speaking of the murder directed at his mother: ‘You are gone and have been destroyed, having received from the tripod the oracle that Phoebus cried forth’.

LEMMA: BPr, ὀρεχθεὶς ἔρρεις C      REF. SYMBOL: B

APP. CRIT.:   H almost totally lost   |    1 ὡς πρὸς BCPr   |    ἀποτίνει (om. τὸν λόγον) C   |    2 ὁ] σὺ ὁ BPr, ὦ C   |    4 διεφθάρης C   |    τοῦ om. M   |    ἃν M, ὃν Pr   |    ἐλάλησεν Pr

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 ὤχη M   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,16–18; Dind. II.108,22–109,2


Or. 327.17 (pllgn paraphr) δι’ οἵων κακῶν δηλονότι ἔρρεις ἑαυτὸν κτεῖναι  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,3


Or. 327.18 (rec exeg) ⟨οἵων⟩: πραγμάτων, φόνου τῆς μητρός  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 327.19 (rec gloss) ⟨οἵων⟩: πραγμάτων  —Aa2MnPrB2B3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  λείπει prep. Pr

KEYWORDS:  λείπει


Or. 327.20 (rec gloss) ⟨οἵων⟩: ὁποίων  —CrKRSOxZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx


Or. 327.21 (rec gloss) ⟨οἵων⟩: ποίων  —AbMn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 327.22 (mosch gloss) ⟨οἵων⟩: κακῶν δηλονότι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X


Or. 327.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὦ τάλας⟩: σύ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 327.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁ τάλας⟩: Ὀρέστης  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 327.25 (rec exeg) ⟨ὁ⟩:  —Ab


Or. 327.26 (tri artGloss) ⟨τάλας⟩:  —T

LEMMA: no ὁ/ὦ in his text T      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 327.27 (tri metr) ⟨τάλας⟩: long mark over second alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52


Or. 328.01 (vet exeg) ὀρεχθεὶς: ἐπιθυμήσας· ἐκτείνεται γὰρ τὴν διάνοιαν ὁ ἐπιθυμῶν.  —MaMbCaCbV

TRANSLATION:   (‘Having reached for’ here means) ‘having longed for’. (This word is suitable) because the one who desires stretches forth his thought.

LEMMA: CbV      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: s.l. Mb, appended to sch. 332.01 Cb

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκτείνονται … οἱ ἐπιθυμοῦντες MaV   |    ὁ ἐπιθυμ. τὴν διάνοιαν transp. Ca

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπιθυμὼν Ca   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,14–15; Dind. II.108,19–20


Or. 328.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ὀρεχθεὶς⟩: ἐπιθυμήσας· ὁ γὰρ ἐπιθυμῶν ἐντείνεται †ὥσπερ† τὴν διάνοιαν πρὸς τὸ ποθούμενον.  —B

TRANSLATION:   (‘Having reached for’ here means) ‘having longed for’. (This word is suitable) because the one who desires, as it were, stretches forth his thought toward the thing longed for.

POSITION: intermarg.

APP. CRIT.:   perhaps transpose ὥσπερ ἐντείνεται τὴν διάνοιαν or ὥσπερ πρὸς τὸ ποθ.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,14–15; Dind. II.108,19–20 app.


Or. 328.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὀρεχθεὶς⟩: ἐπιθυμήσας  —OV3AaAbFGKMnPrRSXoZZaZlZmZuTGuOx2Y

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. FPrZu   |    V3 adds ἐκτείνεται γὰρ ὁ ἐπιθυμῶν (cf. prev. sch.)


Or. 328.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀρεχθεὶς⟩: ἀγαπήσας  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,4


Or. 328.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀρεχθεὶς⟩: ἑαυτὸν κτεῖναι  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,3


Or. 328.05a (rec exeg) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: γρ. ἔρρῃ.  —R

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 328.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: φθείρῃ  —VAaAbMnRSSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   φθείρει Gr (η s.l.), a.c. app. Yf   |


Or. 328.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: διεφθάρης  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 328.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: διέφθαρσαι  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 328.09 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: ἐφθάρης  —CrFKPrOxZZaZlZmZuTGuB3a, app. Ab

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrFPrOxZu

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐφθάρεις FB3a   |


Or. 328.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: φθείρεις ἑαυτόν  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,3–4


Or. 328.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: 1τὸ ἐνεργητικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ παθητικοῦ·  2τὸ γὰρ ἔρρω καὶ ἡ ἐνέργεια πάθος ση(μαίνει), ὡς καὶ τὸ χαίρομαι τὸ παθητικὸν χαρὰν ση(μαίνει). οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸ ἐνεργητικὸν πάθος ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 8.164] ‘ἔρρε, κακὴ γλήνη’.   —Y2

TRANSLATION:   The active voice used with a passive sense. For with the verb ‘errō’ even the activity indicates passivity, just as also in the case of ‘chairomai’, the passive indicates delight. Thus too here the passive form indicates passivity, as in (the Homeric phrase) ‘off with you, poor sissy’.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)


Or. 328.12 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: 1ἔρρω τὸ φθείρω πρωτότυπον. ὁ μέλλων ἐρρήσω.  2οὐ γὰρ ἐστὶν ὁ μέλλων ἐρῶ δι’ ἑνὸς ρ̅ ἵνα μὴ συνεμπέσῃ τὸ ἐρῶ καὶ λέξω.  3ὅπου μαρτυρεῖ καὶ ὁ Ἀριστοφάνης [Arist. Eq. 4]· ‘ἀφ’ οὗ γὰρ εἰσηρρησεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν’.   —Y2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Errō’ meaning ‘I ruin’ is the base form. The future is ‘errēsō’. For the future is not ‘erō’ written with one rho, in order that the form not coincide with ‘erō’ meaning ‘I will say’. Since Aristophanes too gives evidence: ‘because ever since he made his damned way (‘eisērrēsen’) into the house’.

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aristophanes


Or. 329.01 (329–330) (rec paraphr) δεξάμενος σὺ τὴν μαντείαν ἣν Ἀπόλλων ἐλάλει ἀπὸ τοῦ τρίποδος εἰς τὴν γῆν  —Ra


Or. 329.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τρίποδος ἄπο φάτιν⟩: καὶ τὴν γενομένην ἀπὸ τοῦ ναοῦ  —AbMnS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ τὴν γεν. om. AbMn


Or. 329.03 (rec exeg) ⟨τρίποδος ἄπο φάτιν⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ μαντ(είου) τοῦ ὄντος που  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 329.04 (rec exeg) ⟨τρίποδος ἀπόφασιν⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς μαντείας  —V

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 329.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τρίποδος ἀπόφατιν⟩: δεξάμενος  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 329.06 (rec gloss) ⟨τρίποδος⟩: ἀπὸ  —OAa2GK

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  τὴν prep. K   |    τοῦ add. Aa2G


Or. 329.07 (rec artGloss) ⟨τρίποδος⟩: τοῦ  —FS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 329.08 (vet exeg) ἀπόφατιν: ἀπόφασιν πρόσταξιν  —BOVC

TRANSLATION:   (Meaning) declaration, command.

LEMMA: C      POSITION: intermarg. B, cont. from 328.02, add. δὲ; s.l. OV

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ prep. C   |    πρόσταξιν ἀπόφασιν transp. B, πρόσταξιν om. O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,19; Dind. II.109,5


Or. 329.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόφατιν⟩: διὰ τὴν ἀπόφασιν. πρόσταξιν τὴν κακήν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  formed by adding words to V gloss 329.08


Or. 329.10 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀπόφατιν⟩: μαντείαν  —OAa1AbKMnRSZZaZlZm

LEMMA: ἀπόφασιν in text Zm, ἄπο φάτιν RS      POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ τὴν prep. S

APP. CRIT. 2:   μαντίαν MnS   |


Or. 329.11 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀπόφατιν⟩: κακὴν μαντείαν  —PrXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

LEMMA: ἀπόφασιν in text Zc      POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:  τὴν prep. PrXo   |    μαντ. κακήν transp. G


Or. 329.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπόφατιν⟩: χρησμὸν  —FPr

LEMMA: ἄπο, φάτιν in text p.c. Pr      POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ους add. under gloss (= χρησμοὺς) F


Or. 329.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόφατιν⟩: γρ. ἀπόφασιν καὶ ἀπόφατιν.  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 329.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄπο φάτιν⟩: γρ. ἀπόφασιν.  —R

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 329.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄπο, φάτην⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι ἀπόφατιν.  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 329.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόφασιν⟩: γράφεται ἄπο φάτιν.  —Zm

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 329.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόφασιν⟩: ἀπόφατιν  —ZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu


Or. 329.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόφασιν⟩: φάτιν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 329.19 (rec gloss) ⟨φάτιν⟩: διὰ τὴν  —CrMnSOx

LEMMA: ἀπόφασιν in text CrOx      POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  τὴν om. Mn


Or. 329.20 (rec metr) ⟨ἃν⟩: long mark over alpha  —O


Or. 329.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἃν⟩: ἥντινα  —CrOxZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 329.22 (recTri etaGloss) ⟨ἃν⟩: ἣν  —AaAbGMnRSaT

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 329.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἃν⟩: Δωρικὸν  —B3d

POSITION: marg.


Or. 329.24 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ὁ Φοῖβος⟩: ὁ Ἀπόλλων  —TZl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 330.01 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἔλακεν ἔλακε⟩: εἶπεν  —OXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἶπε YfZl    |


Or. 330.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔλακεν ἔλακε⟩: ἐφθέγξατο  —V

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 330.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔλακεν ἔλακε⟩: ἐφώνησε  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 330.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔλακεν ἔλακε⟩: ἐβόησεν  —AbMnRa1Ra2SZmZu

REF. SYMBOL: Ra1      POSITION: s.l., except marg. Ra1

APP. CRIT.:  ἤτοι prep. Ra1, καὶ prep. S

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐβόησε Zu   |


Or. 330.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔλακεν ἔλακε⟩: ἐλάλησεν  —AaAbMnRSG

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐλάλησε S, ἀλάλησε Mn   |


Or. 330.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔλακεν ἔλακε⟩: ἤχησεν  —CrF2SaOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 330.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔλακεν ἔλακε⟩: ἐμαντεύσατο  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 330.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔλακεν ἔλακε⟩: ὁ Φοῖβος  —GOx2

POSITION: s.l. G, marg. Ox2


Or. 330.09 (rec gloss) ⟨δεξάμενος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκτελέσας  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 330.10 (recThom gloss) ⟨δεξάμενος⟩: σὺ  —AbMnRZZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,6

COMMENT:   The gloss is intended to forestall the temptation to take δεξάμενος as part of the relative clause, thus applying to Apollo (see also 329.01). That misconstrual is evident in the gloss 330.11.


Or. 330.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεξάμενος⟩: ὁ οἰκῶν  —P2

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,6

COMMENT:   The participle is interpreted as modifying ὁ Φοῖβος.


Or. 330.12 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ δάπεδον⟩: κατ’ ἐκεῖνο τὸ πέδον  —BOC

TRANSLATION:   In that land.

POSITION: s.l. O, marg. B; cont. from 329.08 (with no punct.) BC

APP. CRIT.:   πεδίον O, δάπεδον C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,20


Or. 330.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ δάπεδον⟩: ἀνὰ πλατὺ πέδον  —V

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ἐκεῖνον (sic) add. V3


Or. 330.14 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ δάπεδον⟩: κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν τόπον ἤγουν τὸ οἴκημα  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 330.15 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ δάπεδον⟩: κατὰ τὴν γῆν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,6–7


Or. 330.16 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνὰ δάπεδον⟩: ἤγουν εἰς τὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος οἴκημα τὸ καλούμενον Δελφούς  —ZZlZmTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:   That is, at the dwelling of Apollo called Delphi.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν om. T   |    εἰς om. GuOx2   |    τοῦ om. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,7–8


Or. 330.17 (rec gloss) ⟨δάπεδον⟩: τὴν γῆν  —AbFMnRSZu

LEMMA: ἀναπέδον in text MnS      POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  τὴν om. F


Or. 330.18 (rec gloss) ⟨δάπεδον⟩: τὸ γήδιον  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 330.19 (thom gloss) ⟨δάπεδον⟩: τὸ ἔδαφος  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.; a second instance in marg. Zm

APP. CRIT.:  τὸ om. Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,7


Or. 330.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δάπεδον⟩: ναὸν  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 330.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δάπεδον⟩: καὶ τὸ οἴκημα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 330.22 (rec artGloss) ⟨δάπεδον⟩: τὸ  —AbF2MnRS

LEMMA: ἀναπέδον in text MnS      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 330.23 (tri metr) ⟨δάπεδον⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52

COMMENT:   Triclinius wrongly adjusts the length of the alpha to suit his scheme. He apparently treated the alpha as short in the trimeter Or. 1645 (no mark) as well as in Andr. 117, Ion 121, and IA 756 (all in L).


Or. 331.01 (vet exeg) ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι λέγονται: 1ὀμφαλὸς κέκληται ἡ Πυθὼ παρὰ τὰς ὀμφὰς τὰς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ χρηστηριαζομένας.  2ἢ παρὰ τὸ εἶναι ἐν μέσῳ τῆς οἰκουμένης τὴν Πυθώ.  3λέγεται γὰρ τὸν Δία μαθεῖν βουλόμενον τὸ μέσον τῆς γῆς δύο ἀετοὺς ἰσοταχεῖς ἀφεῖναι, τὸν μὲν ἀπὸ δύσεως, τὸν δὲ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς,  4καὶ ἐκεῖσε αὐτοὺς ἀπαντῆσαι, ὅθεν ὀμφαλὸς ἐκλήθη.  5ἀνακεῖσθαί τε χρυσοῦς ἀετούς φασι τῶν μυθευομένων ἀετῶν ὑπομνήματα.   —(H)MBOCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Pytho is called ‘navelÆ (‘omphalos’) by derivation from the prophetic utterances (‘omphai’) given as oracles by the god. Or because Pytho is in the middle of the inhabited world. For it is said that when Zeus wanted to determine the midpoint of the earth he released two equally swift eagles, one from the west and one from the east, and they met at that place, wherefore it was called navel. And they say that golden eagles have been set up as dedications memorializing the eagles told of in the mythical story.

LEMMA: MC(prep. ἄλλως), μεσόμφαλοι Rw; label ἱστορία in marg. Pr      REF. SYMBOL: H      POSITION: follows 322.02 in M, follows next in C; follows sch. 327.16 (with punct.), add. δὲ, B

APP. CRIT.:   only small traces survive in H   |    1–2 ὀμφαλὸς … ἢ om. O   |    1 κέκληται] λέγεται Rw   |    ἡ πυθία Pr   |    παρὰ τὰς Schw. (from next sch.), παρὰ τὸ τὰς MBRw, παρὰ τὸ CPr, H uncertain   |    second τὰς om. M   |    ὑπὸ θεοῦ BPr   |    after χρηστ. add. λέγειν BPr   |    2 εἶναι om. C, transp. after οἰκουμένης O   |    τὴν πυθώ om. BPr   |    3 δύο ταχεῖς ἀφεῖναι ἀετοὺς Pr   |    ἀφιέναι MOCRw   |    μὲν] δὲ O   |    4 συναντῆσαι BPr   |    ὅθεν καὶ HPr   |    5 τε δύο ἀετοὺς χρυσοῦς H   |    ἀετούς] ἀε M   |    φη(σὶν) Pr   |    μεμυθευμένων O   |    ὑπομνήματα] μνημεῖα H, ἀπομιμήματα Valckenaer    |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 πυθῶα (sic) M   |    2 πυθῶ M   |    5 χρυσοὺς Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,1–7; Dind. II.109,9–15

COMMENT:   The addition of λέγειν after χρηστηριαζομένας provides the infinitive expected with παρὰ τὸ and could conceivably be meant to provide the lambda that a full etymology would want to account for. But it likely to be secondary, that is, a correction in the B-tradition after the accidental intrusion of τὸ.   |   Valckenaer’s emendation is to be found in Theocriti decem Idyllia … cum notis edidit eiusdemque Adoniazusas uberioribus adnotationibus instruxit L. C. Valckenaer (Leiden 1773) 402–403, where he reports an excerpt from this scholion with the reading ἀπομνήματα (found in Barnes’ edition, although Arsenius correctly printed ὑπομνήματα).


Or. 331.02 (vet exeg) ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι λέγονται μυχοί: ἡ Δῆλος γὰρ μεσαιτάτη ἐστὶ τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου. ἢ τῶν Κυκλάδων νήσων. ἢ παρὰ τὰς ὀμφὰς καὶ τὰς φήμας.  —BC

TRANSLATION:   (‘Mesomphalos’, ‘in the midmost navel’ is used) because Delos is at the very middle of the entire world. Or (in the middle of) the Cycladic islands. Or (‘mesomphalos’) is derived from the oracular voices and pronouncements.

LEMMA: C; ἄλλως in marg. B      POSITION: precedes prev. in C

APP. CRIT.:   παρὰ τὸ τὰς C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,21–23; Dind. II.109,15–17

COMMENT:   Outside the scholia on this play, there is no other extant claim that Delos is at the midpoint of the world, and the most likely explanation of the origin of the note is that in a short note stating that Delphi was at the center of the world the proper name was corrupted to Delos by some combination of visual similarity and mental association. (Proper names of mythological persons, gods, and places are sometimes accidentally substituted for one another both by ancient scribes and by modern scholars.) Once this error occurred, someone added the more traditional doctrine that Delos is in the middle of the Cyclades, found in Sch. Hom. Od. 5.123c1 Pontani, sch. Callimachus Hymn. 4.325a, and elsewhere. The idea of Delos as a midpoint in a different sense is found once in Galen, when he names it as a temperate midpoint between hot Africa and cold Scythia: in Hipp. prognost. comm. iii, 18b:314,5–8 Kühn Λιβύηϲ μὲν γὰρ ὡϲ θερμῆϲ, Ϲκυθίαϲ δ’ ὡϲ ψυχρᾶϲ, Δήλου δ’ ὡϲ εὐκράτου καὶ μέϲηϲ ἀμφοῖν, ἕνεκα παραδείγματοϲ ἐμνημόνευϲεν.


Or. 331.03 (rec exeg) ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι λέγονται: 1ἡ Δῆλος γὰρ μεσαίτατον ἐστὶ παντὸς τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τῶν Κυκλάδων νήσων.  2ἢ ὀμφαλὸν τὴν Πυθὼ λέγει.  3λέγεται γὰρ τὸν Δία μαθεῖν βουλόμενον τὸ μέσον τῆς γῆς δύο ἀετοὺς ἀφεῖναι ἰσοταχεῖς, τὸν μὲν ἀπὸ δύσεως, τὸν δὲ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς,  4καὶ ἐκεῖσε αὐτοὺς ἀπαντῆσαι.  5ὀμφαλὸς δὲ κέκληται ἡ Πυθὼ παρὰ τὰς ὀμφὰς τὰς ὑπὸ θεοῦ χρηστηριαζομένας.   —VMnRbSSa, partial Ra

TRANSLATION:   (‘Mesomphalos’, ‘in the midmost navel’ is used) because Delos is at the very middle of the entire world and of the Cycladic islands. Or by ‘omphalos’ he means Pytho. For it is said that when Zeus wanted to determine the midpoint of the earth he released two equally swift eagles, one from the west and one from the east, and they met there. Pytho is called navel by derivation from the prophetic utterances (‘omphai’) given as oracles by the god.

LEMMA: V, ἵνα μεσόφαλοι (sic) Rb, μεσόμφαλοι MnS      REF. SYMBOL: VSa

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ἡ δῆλος … λέγει om. Ra   |    2 λέγειν V   |    3 γὰρ om. RaRb   |    ἀνατολῆς] ἀνατ()λ()῀ VRa, ἀνατολῶν RbMnSSa   |    5 παρὰ τὰς RaRb, παρὰ τὸ VMnSSa   |    at end add. λέγειν V, add. ἤτοι μαντευομένας Ra   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 πυθῶ a.c. Mn   |   5 πυθῶ Ra   |   χρηστηριζομένας Mn   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,9 app.


Or. 331.04 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἡ Δῆλος γὰρ μεσαίτατον ἐστὶ τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου, ἢ τῶν Κυκλάδων νήσων.  2ἢ παρὰ ⟨τὸ⟩ τὰς ὀμφὰς καὶ τὰς φήμας ἅλλεσθαι.   —Pr

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἢ] ἡ Pr

KEYWORDS:  etymology


Or. 331.05 (thom exeg) ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι: 1βουλόμενος ὁ Ζεὺς τὸ μέσον τῆς γῆς μαθεῖν δύο ἀετοὺς ἰσοπετεῖς εἰληφὼς ἀφῆκε, τὸν μὲν ἐξ ἀνατολῆς, τὸν δὲ ἐκ δυσμῶν.  2συνηντήθησαν οὖν εἰς Δελφούς, ἔνθα τὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐστὶ μαντεῖον.  3ὅθεν καὶ εἰς τοῦτο κατασκευάσαντες χρυσοῦς ἀετοὺς δύο ἀνέθεσαν ἐκεῖ εἰς ὑπόμνημα τῶν πρόσθεν ἀετῶν.   —ZZaZlZmTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:   When Zeus wanted to determine the midpoint of the earth, he took two eagles that flew at the same pace and released them, one from the east, the other from the west. The came together, then, at Delphi, where the oracle of Apollo is. Therefore also in response to this, having procured two golden eagles, they dedicated them there as a remembrance of the earlier eagles.

LEMMA: T      REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZmGu

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἰσοταχεῖς T

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 αἰετοὺς ZGu   |   ἀφῆκεν Zm   |   2 συνητήθησαν Ox2   |   3 αἰετῶν Z, αὐτῶν Zl   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109 app. on 12


Or. 331.06 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἵνα⟩: ὅπου  —V1/2AaAbCrF2MnPrRSOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZlZuT

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 331.07 (rec gloss) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: ἡ Πυθὼ  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 331.08 (rec gloss) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: εἰς Πυθίαν  —V

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   πυθήαν V (perhaps corrected)   |


Or. 331.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: οἱ μέσοι τόποι τῆς γῆς  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 331.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: τόποι τῆς γῆς οἱ μεσόμφαλοι  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 331.11 (rec gloss) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: οἱ μέσοι  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 331.12 (thom paraphr) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: οἱ μέσοι ὀμφαλοί  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 331.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: καὶ τὰ μέσα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 331.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: τὸ μέσον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 331.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: ὅπου, γίνωσκε, ὁ Παρνασσὸς τυγχάνει ἐν τῇ Πυθίᾳ.  —F

POSITION: marg.


Or. 331.16 (pllgn gram) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: παρὰ τὸ (?)ὀμφαλὸν(?) εἶναι ἐν μέσῳ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   mostly erased

KEYWORDS:  etymology


Or. 331.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: βʹ ὁ (?)Δῆλος(?) ὀμφ(ά)λη(?) / ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἐλέγοντο.  —B3a

POSITION: marg. beside 323–324

COMMENT:   The reading is extremely uncertain, and the note seems incomplete, but the possibility that Delos and ‘omphal‑’ are mentioned suggests the note belongs here. The words have no discernible relevance to 323–324.


Or. 331.18 (rec artGloss) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: οἱ  —PrS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 331.19 (rec gloss) ⟨λέγονται⟩: εἶναι  —AaKMnSGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 331.20 (rec gloss) ⟨λέγονται⟩: ὑπάρχειν  —PrXoY

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  δηλονότι add. Y, δηλονότι μυχοὶ add. Xo


Or. 331.21 (thom gloss) ⟨λέγονται⟩: καλοῦνται  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,18


Or. 331.22 (thom gloss) ⟨λέγονται⟩: ᾄδονται  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,18


Or. 331.23 (rec gloss) ⟨μυχοί⟩: τὰ βάθη  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 331.24 (mosch gloss) ⟨μυχοί⟩: καταδύσεις οἰκήσεις  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. Xo   |    οἰκήσεις om. Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,18–19


Or. 331.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μυχοί⟩: κοιλότητες  —GuOx2

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,19


Or. 331.26 (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: περισσὸν ἦν τὸ γᾶς· ἤγουν μυχοὶ γᾶς. διὸ καὶ ἐξεβλήθη παρ’ ἐμοῦ. ἀρκεῖ γὰρ τὸ δάπεδον.  —T

TRANSLATION:   The word ‘gās’ was superfluous (scil. in the reading ‘muchoi gās’ found in the manuscripts). (‘Hollows’ by itself) means ‘hollows of the earth’. Therefore the word has been removed from the text by me. For the word ‘ground/land’ (330 ‘dapedon’) is sufficient (to indicate the meaning).

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,20–21; de Fav. 52

KEYWORDS:  Triclinius, emendation by   |   περισσός/περιττός


Or. 331.27 (rec artGloss) ⟨μυχοί⟩: οἱ  —AbS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 331.28 (rec etaGloss) ⟨γᾶς⟩: γῆς  —AbF2MnRSGuZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  τῆς prep. F2


Or. 331.29 (rec artGloss) ⟨γᾶς⟩: τῆς  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 331.30 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52


Or. 332.01 (vet exeg) ἰὼ Ζεῦ: πρὸς τὰ ἄνω τοῦτο σχετλιαστικῶς μετὰ ἤθους ἀναπεφώνηται.  —MCPr

TRANSLATION:   In reaction to the preceding words, this is enunciated complainingly with controlled emotion.

LEMMA: MC      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: s.l. Pr; after (out-of-order) sch. 335.19 M

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ἄνω printed by Dind. (and Schw.) without note   |    τοῦτο om. M, transp. before πρὸς Pr   |    σχετλιαστικὸν MC   |    μετὰ] μέτρον Pr   |    at end add. ἰὼ ζεῦ μόχθων ὁ τάλας ὀρεχθεὶς ἔρρει Pr, cont. with sch. 328.01 MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,8–9; Dind. II.110,4–5

COMMENT:   See on 136.02.

KEYWORDS:  μετὰ ἤθους


Or. 332.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ἰὼ Ζεῦ⟩: τοῦτο κατ’ ἰδίαν ἀναπεφώνηται.  —HO

TRANSLATION:   This is enunciated on its own.

POSITION: intermarg. H


Or. 332.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἰὼ Ζεῦ⟩: θαυμαστικὸν  —AbKMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 332.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰὼ Ζεῦ⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην ὁ λόγος.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified


Or. 332.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἰὼ⟩: βαβαὶ  —V

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 332.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἰὼ⟩: φεῦ  —KXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcOxZl

LEMMA: ὦ in text T      POSITION: s.l. except X (above ζεῦ G)


Or. 332.07 (mosch artGloss) ⟨Ζεῦ⟩:  —XXaXbXoYYfGrAa2Ox

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:  ὦ ζεῦ X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.110,6


Or. 332.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨Ζεῦ⟩: ἐπὶ ἀποτροπῇ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  (The invocation of Zeus is spoken) apotropaically.

POSITION: s.l. except X; cont. from prev. X, from 332.06 T

APP. CRIT.:  φεῦ prep. X   |    ἀποτροπῆς Xo, ἀποτροπ()῀ T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.110,6

COMMENT:   The usual construction in describing exclamations is ἐπὶ + gen., as in the more common ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως, and the gen. is found here in Xo and in sch. rec. Arist. Nub. 1372c alpha Koster ὥσπερ ἐστὶ τὸ ‘ὦ Ἄπολλον’ ἐπὶ ἀποτροπῆς, οὕτω καὶ τὸ ‘ὦ ἀλεξίκακε’· τὸ δὲ ‘ὦ Ἡράκλεις’ ἐπὶ θαυμασμοῦ λαμβάνεται. On the other hand, ἐπὶ ἀποτροπῇ + objective gen. is quite common in various authors, and that usage may have influenced the choice of dative, if that was Moschopulus’ choice.


Or. 333.01 (vet exeg) τίς ἔλεος: 1εἰς τὸ τίς ἔλεος στιγμὴν δεδωκότες λείπειν τῷ λόγῳ φήσομεν τὸ γενήσεται καὶ τὸ ἄλλο τίς ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδείς,  2ἵν’ ᾖ ὁ νοῦς οὕτως· τίς ἔλεος γενήσεται, ἀντὶ τοῦ τίς ἐλεήσει σε, Ὀρέστα;   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Having placed punctuation at ‘what pity’ we shall say that the verb ‘will come about’ is missing in the phrase and that the second ‘what’ is to be understood as ‘none’, so that the sense is as follows: ‘what pity will come about?’ meaning ‘who will have pity on you, Orestes?’

REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: follows 327.16 in M

APP. CRIT.:   1 στιγμὴν δεδωκ.] στίξαντες Pr   |    στιγμὴ M   |    ἄλλο del. Matt.   |    2 ὁ νοῦς om. Pr   |    τίς ἔλεος γενήσεται om. Rw   |    after γενήσεται add. τῷ ὀρέστῃ BPr   |    second τίς] τίς τοῦτον ἐλεήσει, τίς ἄρα Rw   |    σε ὀρέστα] τὸν ὀρέστην Pr   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,11–13; Dind. II.110,7–10

COMMENT:   Taking the second τίς as equivalent to ‘no one’ implies punctuation after the second τίς. The many mss I have checked have punctuation and/or extra space after ἔλεος, but none after the second τίς, except F (where it appears to be by the text hand) and V, where is it clearly added by corrector V2. Cf. the glosses with οὐδείς, 333.10, 333.18, as well as 333.05, which says correctly that the answer to the rhetorical question τίς ἔλεος must be supplied mentally (ἔξωθεν). The present note would make good sense if ἄλλο were deleted with Matthiae so that the remark applied to the first τίς, but ἄλλο appears to be confirmed by δεύτερον in 333.28 and the suprelinear note 333.29 (although these could of course have been derived from the discursive note after it was corrupted).

KEYWORDS:  λείπει


Or. 333.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: στιγμή  —H4

POSITION: intermarg.


Or. 333.03 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: 1τίς ἄρα, φησὶ, τοῦτον ἐλεήσει,  2τίς δὲ ὁ κίνδυνος οὗτος καὶ ἡ μανιώδης νόσος ἐπέρχεται ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν μέλεον, ταχύνων σε καὶ ἐξεγείρων.  3τουτέστιν· ἆρα δαίμων τις ἐπιπέμπει τούτῳ τὰς Ἐρινύας;   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Who, then, (the chorus) says, will pity this man? And what danger is this and what insanity-like sickness that comes upon you, wretched man, speeding you and arousing you? That is, is some divinity sending the Erinyes against this man?

LEMMA: MC, in marg. B      POSITION: cont. from 333.01 PrRw

APP. CRIT.:   1 τίς … ἐλεήσει om. Rw (cf. app. to prev.)   |    2 ἐπὶ σὲ] ἐπὶ δὲ Pr   |    ταχύνων] ταχίστων Rw   |    3 δαίμων ἆρα transp. M   |    ἀποπέμπει Rw   |    τούτῳ] om. Rw, οὕτω Pr   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἄρα] ἆρα M   |   3 ἆρα] ἄρα C   |   ἐριννύας PrRw   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,14–16; Dind. II.110,10–13


Or. 333.04 (rec paraphr) τίς ἔλεος: λείπει τὸ γενήσεται ἵν’ ἦ ὁ νοῦς· τίς ἐλεήσει σε, Ὀρέστα, τίς δὲ ὁ κίνδυνος οὗτος καὶ ἡ μανιώδης νόσος ἐπέρχεται ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν μέλεον, ταχύνων καὶ ἐξεγείρων.  —V

TRANSLATION:   The verb ‘will come about’ is to be understood so that the sense is: Who will pity you, Orestes, and what danger, that is, insanity-like sickness, is this that comes upon you, wretched man, speeding and arousing (you)?

LEMMA: ἰὼ ζεῦ τίς ἔλεος V      REF. SYMBOL: V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,11–6 app.; Dind. II.110,7 app.

KEYWORDS:  λείπει


Or. 333.05 (vet exeg) καὶ ἄλλως: 1τίς ἐλεήσει αὐτόν·  2ἔξωθεν ἀκουσόμεθα τὸ οὐδείς.  3διὰ τί; οὗτος γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ κίνδυνος, ὁ ἐκ τῶν Ἐρινύων, ἐπέρχεται φόνιος, μεθ’ ὁρμῆς φερόμενος ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν μέλεον.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Who will pity him? We will supply from outside (the answer) ‘no one’. Why (will no one pity him)? Because this danger, the one from the Erinyes, is coming upon him in bloody fashion, carried along with strong impulse against you, wretched man.

LEMMA: M, ἢ καὶ ἄλλως C, ἢ ἄλλως PrRw(ἄλλος), ἄλλως in marg. B      POSITION: cont. from 333.03 Rw

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἀκουσώμεθα M, ἀκουστέον Pr   |    3 οὗτος] app. οὐτω or οὔτω M   |    αὐτοῦ Pr   |    second ὁ om. Rw   |    ἐκ om. C   |    ἔρχεται BPrRw   |    after ἔρχεται scholion-ending punct. Rw   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἐριννύων Pr   |   μεθορμῆς MC   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,17–19; Dind. II.110,13–15

COMMENT:   See on 333.01.


Or. 333.06 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: 1τίς ἔλεός ἐστι τούτῳ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ, τίς, ὦ Ζεῦ,  2ᾧ δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμβάλλεταί τις ἀλάστωρ, πορεύων εἰς δόμους, ἀντὶ τοῦ περιέλκων αὐτὸν τῇ μανίᾳ καὶ ἀναβακχεύων κατὰ τὸν οἶκον,  3ὅστις, ὁ ἀλάστωρ, ἐγείρει τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρός.   —MBVCPraPrb

TRANSLATION:   What pity is there for this Orestes, what pity, o Zeus, (for this one) for whom some avenging demon (‘alastōr’) adds tears upon tears, making (him) enter the house, meaning dragging him around in madness and making him revel thoughout the house; who, the avenging demon, arouses the blood of his mother.

LEMMA: VCPra, in marg. MB      POSITION: follows 335.01 M, follows 335.19 V; Prb version follows Prb version of 338.10

APP. CRIT.:   1 τίς ἔλεος … ζεῦ om. Prb   |    τίς ὦ ζεῦ om. BPra   |    2 ἀλαστόρων V, τῶν ἀλαστόρων Prb   |    δόμους αὐτοὺς VPrb, δόμον Pra   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ] καὶ Prb   |    ἕλκων B, ἥκων Pra   |    αὐτὸν] om. VPrb, αὐτῷ C   |    after μανίᾳ add. τὸ γὰρ πορεύων δηλοῖ τὸ περιέλκον αὐτὸν τῆ μανία C   |    καὶ ἀναβακχεύων del. Schw.   |    καὶ om. Prb   |    ἀναβακχεύω V   |    κατὰ τῶν οἴκων VPrb   |    3 ὁ M, om. others   |    ἀλαστόρων V   |    ἐγείρει] om. Pra, ἀνεγείρει V   |    at end add. V sch. 337.17, add. Pra πορεύεσθαι καὶ διατρέχειν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὸν οἶκον ποιοῦντα   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐστὶν M   |   2 ᾧ] ὦ C   |   συμβάλεται C   |   ἀλλάστωρ M   |   3 ἀλλάστωρ M   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,20–23; Dind. II.110,16–111,2


Or. 333.07 (rec paraphr) ἢ ᾧτινι σοι τῷ Ὀρέστῃ πορεύων ἤτοι φέρων εἰς δόμους ἀλαστόρων ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς δόμους τοῦ ᾍδου τὴν σὴν μητέρα ἐπὶ τοῖς δάκρυσι δάκρυα συμμίγει. ἢ οὕτως· ἐν ᾧτινι τῷ φόβῳ καὶ τῷ κινδύνῳ καὶ τῇ μανιώδει νόσῳ δάκρυα ἐπὶ τοῖς δάκρυσιν.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Or, for whom, that is, for you, Orestes, (the struggle) conveying or bringing your mother into the house of the avenging demons, meaning into the house of Hades, mixes tears upon tears. Or this way: in which, (namely) the fear and danger and insane sickness, (the struggle mixes) tears upon tears.

POSITION: cont. from Prb version of 333.06


Or. 333.08 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1τίς ἔλεός ἐστι τούτῳ, ᾧ δάκρυα ἐπιβάλλει τις τῶν ἀλαστόρων δαιμόνων, τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρὸς πορεύεσθαι καὶ διατρέχειν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὸν οἶκον ποιοῦν;  2τινὲς δὲ ἤκουσαν εἰς ἀλαστόρων δόμον ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς Ἅιδου, εἰς τὸν οἶκον τῶν ἀλαστόρων·  3καὶ τίς δὲ ἡ νόσος πορεύεσθαι αὐτὸν ποιοῦσα εἰς Ἅιδου;  4ἡ δὲ περικοπή· οἵων μόχθων ἐπιθυμήσας, ὦ τάλας, διέφθαρσαι, δεξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ τρίποδος τὴν μαντείαν, ἣν ὁ Ἀπόλλων εἶπε κατὰ τοὺς Δελφοὺς, ἔνθα γῆς ὀμφαλὸς λέγεται.  5τίς ἐλεήσει αὐτὸν, ὦ Ζεῦ;  6τί; οὗτος γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ ἀγὼν ἐκ τῶν Ἐρινύων ἐπέρχεται διὰ τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον, μεθ’ ὁρμῆς φερόμενος ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν μέλεον.  7μετέβαλε δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγου εἰς τὸν πρὸς αὐτόν.   —BC, partial Pr

TRANSLATION:   What pity is there for this man, upon whom one of the alastor-demons imposes tears, the blood of his mother causing him to go and to run throughout the house? Some have understood (that the phrasing is) to the house of the alastors, meaning to Hades, to the dwelling of the alastors. And what is the sickness causing him to go to Hades? And the passage as a whole runs: having set your heart on what toils, o wretched man, you have been ruined, after receiving the oracle from the tripod, which Apollo spoke in Delphi, where the navel of the earth is said to be. Who will pity him, o Zeus? Why (do I ask this)? Because this struggle comes upon him from the Erinyes because of the murder of his mother, carried along with strong impulse against you, wretched man. The chorus shifted from speaking about him to speaking to him.

LEMMA: BC

APP. CRIT.:   1 τίς … ποιοῦν om. Pr   |    τούτῳ τῷ ὀρέστῃ B   |    διατρέχων αὐτὸ C   |    ποιεῖ C   |    2 first εἰς] τὸ B   |    τοῦ om. C   |    εἰς τὸν] κατὰ τὸν B, rewritten as εἰς τὸν later   |    3 εἰς ἅδην Pr   |    4 οἷον C   |    τοὺς δελφοὺς] τὴν ἀδελφὴν Pr   |    5–7 τίς ἐλεήσει κτλ om. Pr   |    6 τί, οὗτος C, τοιοῦτος B   |    τὸν om. C   |    after ὁρμῆς add. δὲ B   |    φερομένη C   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   6 μεθορμῆς C   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.133,1–11; Dind. II.111, 3–13


Or. 333.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: τίς ἐλεήσει τοῦτον;  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 333.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: τίς ἔλεος γενήσεται, ὦ Ὀρέστα, τίς, ἤγουν οὐδεὶς.  —F

POSITION: marg.


Or. 333.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: τίς ἐλεήσει σε;  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 333.12 (mosch exeg) τίς ἔλεος: ἀντὶ τοῦ πόθεν ἂν γένοιτο ἔλεος;  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to: from where might pity come?

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:  ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G   |    ἂν γέν. ἔλεος om. Aa2

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,17–18


Or. 333.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: ὑπάρξει ἐν τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 333.14 (thom paraphr) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: ἔσται σοὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,17


Or. 333.15 (vet exeg) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: λείπει τὸ γενήσεται.  —H

TRANSLATION:   (The verb phrase) ‘will there be’ is to be understood.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  λείπει


Or. 333.16 (rec gloss) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: γενήσεται  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 333.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: γένηται  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 333.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τίς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδείς  —Pr

POSITION: below the word, because space above full


Or. 333.19 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔλεος⟩: οἰκτρότης  —AbMnRS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  οἰκτρότ(α)τ() S


Or. 333.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔλεος⟩: ἤγουν ἐλεημοσύνη  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 333.21 (333–338) (vet paraphr) τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν ⟨φόνιος⟩ ἔρχεται ἕως τοῦ ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς ⟨ὅ σ’⟩ ἀναβακχεύει: 1τὸ ἑξῆς τίς φόνιος οὗτος ἀγὼν, ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς ὅ σε ἀναβακχεύει, ἔρχεται θοάζων σὲ τὸν μέλεον,  2ᾧτινι, τῷ ἀγῶνι, δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμμίσγει τις τῶν ἀλαστόρων μαίνεσθαί σε ποιῶν κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους.   —MCMnRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The run of the sense (is): What (is) this bloody struggle, the blood of your mother that makes you revel, (that) comes agitating you, the wretched one? For/In/With which, that is, the struggle, one of the alastors mixes tears with tears, causing you to rave in madness throughout the house.

LEMMA: M(om. τίς)C(ὃ δ’), τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν ἕως τοῦ ὃς ἀναβακχεύει MnRaRb(‑εύειν)S(ὃς ναβακ‑)Sa, τίς εἰς δόμους Rw      REF. SYMBOL: RaRbSa      POSITION: intermarg. M

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἑξῆς] MC, om. others   |    σῆς Rw   |    ὅ σε] Rw (ὃς s.l.), ὅ σ’ MnSSa, ὅτι MCRb [Ra]   |    ἀναβακχεύει] sch.-ending punct. after this word Sa (ἔρχεται … μέλεον by rubr.)   |    ἔρχεται om. Rw   |    μέλεον] sch.-ending punct. after this word M   |    2 συμμίσγει] συμμίγει RaSa, συμμίσγεις Rb   |    σε] σοι C, a.c. M, om. Ra   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 app. οὑτὸς or οὑτὸ M   |    θοάζων σε MRaS   |    2 ὦτινι M   |    συμισγεῖ Mn   |    τίς all (except τῆς Rb)   |    ἀλλαστόρων Mn   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.133,12–16; Dind. II.111 app. at 7


Or. 333.22 (rec paraphr) τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν φόνιος ἔρχεται ἕως τοῦ ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς: 1τίς οὗτός σε φόνιος ἀγὼν ἔρχεται θοάζων μέλεον,  2ᾧτινι, τῷ ἀγῶνι, δάκρυα δάκρυσι συνεισάγει ⟨τις⟩ τῶν ἀλαστόρων,  3ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς, ὃς ἀναβακχεύει καὶ ἀνακινεῖ πορεύων καὶ μαίνεσθαί ⟨σε ποιῶν⟩ κατὰ τοὺς δόμους.   —VC

TRANSLATION:   What is this bloody struggle that comes agitating you, wretched one, to which, namely the struggle, one of the alastors contributes tears upon tears, the blood of your mother, (the alastor, or the struggle) which makes you revel and stirs you to motion, conveying (you) and making you go mad throughout the house?

LEMMA: V (but punct. and rubr. as if note begins with ἔως), ἄλλως C      REF. SYMBOL: V

APP. CRIT.:   1 τίς … ἀγὼν] τὸ ἑξῆς τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν φόνιος V   |    2 τῷ om. V   |    3 ματέρος om. C   |    ἀναβ. καὶ om. V   |    ἀναβακχεύει] cf. prev. sch., ‑εύων C   |    πορεῦον V   |    μαίνεσθαι] σημαίνεσθαι C   |    σε ποιῶν suppl. from prev. sch.   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   οὗτος σε C   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.133,12–16 app.; Dind. II.110 app. at 7


Or. 333.23 (338–338) (mosch paraphr) τίς ὅδ’ ἀγών: 1τίς ὅδε ὁ κίνδυνος φόνιος ἔρχεται παροξύνων σε τὸν μέλεον,  2ᾧτινι ἤγουν σοὶ δάκρυα δάκρυσι συνάπτει τις ἀπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν  3πορεύων εἰς τοὺς δόμους τὸ αἷμα ἤγουν τὸν φόνον τῆς σῆς μητρός, ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   What is this murderous danger that comes sharply urging you on, wretched man, for whom, that is, for you, one among the hostile (spirits) joins tears to tears, conveying into the house the blood, that is, the murder of your mother, which makes you revel in madness?

LEMMA: G

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἔρχεται φόνιος transp. a.c. Xo   |    2 ᾧτινι ἤγουν σοὶ] ὃς T   |    δάκρυσι] δάκρυα G   |    ἀπὸ] λέγω T   |    3 χορεύων, πο s.l. G (same reading and s.l. variant in text G)   |    εἰς τὸν δόμον T, εἰς τούσδε G   |    τῆς om. Xo   |    ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει om. X, ὃς ἀναβακχεύει (‑εύων a.c.) G   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τίς all except τὶς G   |    3 σ’] σε T   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,13–16


Or. 333.24 (333–338) (rec wdord) word order (α) τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν, (β) ἔρχεται, (γ) φόνιος, (δ) σε, (ε) τὸν μέλεον, (ϛ) θοάζων, (ζ) ᾧ, (η), τις, (θ) ἀλαστόρων, (ι) συμβάλλει, (ια) δάκρυα, (ιβ) δάκρυσι, (ιγ) πορεύων, ⟨(ιδ) ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς⟩(?), (ιε) εἰς δόμους  —V1/2

APP. CRIT.:  ιε app. changed from ιδ; corrected placement of ιδ either effaced or omitted


Or. 333.25 (rec paraphr) ⟨τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν⟩: ποία αὕτη ἡ ἀνάγκη καὶ ἡ βία καὶ ὁ κίνδυνος καὶ ὁ φόνος  —V

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 333.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified


Or. 333.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν⟩: ἐστὶν  —P2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 333.28 (vet exeg) ⟨second τίς⟩: τὸ δεύτερον τίς ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδείς.  —M

TRANSLATION:   The second ‘tis’ (‘which?’) conveys the sense of ‘none’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,10

COMMENT:   For this note and the next two, see above on 333.01.


Or. 333.29 (vet exeg) ⟨second τίς⟩: ἢ οὐδείς  —HOCSa

TRANSLATION:   Or (to put it in other words) ‘none’.

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. C

APP. CRIT.:  ἢ] ἀντὶ τοῦ CSa, om. O


Or. 333.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨second τίς⟩: οὐδεὶς· ἢ οὕτως· τίς τοῦτ’ ἐλεήσει;  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 333.31 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅδ’ ἀγὼν⟩: ὁ κίνδυνος οὗτος  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 333.32 (thom exeg) ⟨ὅδ’ ἀγὼν⟩: ἡ καταλαμβάνουσά σε μανία  —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘This struggle’ here refers to) the madness that possesses you.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,18–19


Or. 333.33 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅδ’⟩: οὗτος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 333.34 (333–335) (rec paraphr) φόνιος ἔρχεται: ὁ κίνδυνος ὁ ἐκ τῶν Ἐριννύων ἔρχεται φόνιος μεθ’ ὁρμῆς ἐπιφερόμενος ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν ἄθλιον.  —Rf

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐρριννύων Rf   |


Or. 333.35 (333–334) (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀγὼν φόνιος ἔρχεται⟩: ἐπέρχεται κίνδυνος καὶ φόνος  —MB

TRANSLATION:   Danger and killing approach.

POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. B

APP. CRIT.:  φόβος M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,20–21


Or. 333.36 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀγὼν⟩: κίνδυνος φόβος  —CSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ὁ κίνδ. καὶ ὁ φόβ. Sa


Or. 333.37 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀγὼν⟩: ὁ κίνδυνος  —PrV3XXaXbXoT+YGGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ὁ om. V3XoGu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,18


Or. 333.38 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀγὼν⟩: νόσος  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,18


Or. 333.39 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀγὼν⟩: ἤγουν ἡ μανιώδης νόσος  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   μανιοδὴς Zu   |


Or. 333.40 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀγὼν⟩: πόνος  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 333.41 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀγὼν⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν Ἐριννύων  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 333.42 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἀγὼν⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 334.01 (thom gloss) ⟨φόνιος⟩: ποταπὸς  —ZmT

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES:   This note omitted by Ta.   |


Or. 334.02 (thom gloss) ⟨φόνιος⟩: φονικὸς  —ZmTGuOx

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,20


Or. 334.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόνιος⟩: φονευτικός  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 334.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόνιος⟩: δαιμονιώδης  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,20


Or. 334.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔρχεται⟩: ὅστις  —P2

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   To be understood along with 333.27, that is, τίς ἐστιν (ἀγὼν) ὅστις ἔρχεται.


Or. 335.01 (vet exeg) θοάζων: 1ἐπιδιώκων ταχύνων διεγείρων ἐκμαίνων.  2‘κῆτος θοάζον’ [Eur. Andromeda fr. 145.2] Ἀνδρομέδᾳ.   —MaCaB, partial MbCbRw

TRANSLATION:   Pursuing, hastening along, agitating, driving mad. ‘Sea-monster speeding along’ in Andromeda.

LEMMA: Rw      POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. MbCb, cont. from 333.05, add. δὲ, MbCb

APP. CRIT.:   2 κῆτος κτλ om. MbCbRw   |    θοάζον Plut. de aud. poetis 6 (Mor. 22E), θοάζων MaBCa

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀνδρομέδ() MaB (‑μέδᾳ printed by Dindorf), ἀνδρομέδη Ca   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.133,17–18; Dind. II.111,22–23

COMMENT:   The Andromeda passage contains an intransitive use, according to Plutarch (κινεῖσθαι), and that is certain if line 1 of Eur. fr. 145 (ὁρῶ δὲ πρὸς τὰ παρθένου θοινάματα / κῆτος θοάζον ἐξ Ἀτλαντικῆς ἁλός) is correctly joined to line 2 (as Fritzsche first proposed). The reading θοάζων within the isolated line provides the typical commentator’s support for the transitive or causative sense offered by the four gloss-words. Perhaps the line was cited in a commentary that offered transitive and intransitive examples from more than one text, and when the note was shortened at a later stage to include only the Andromeda example (because from Eur. himself?), someone felt the need to change θοάζον to θοάζων to make the example work.

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Euripides, Andromeda


Or. 335.02 (vet gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: διώκων  —HOAbFMnS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 335.03 (vet gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: διεγείρων  —HAaAbKMnSB3d

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 335.04 (rec exeg) ⟨θοάζων⟩: ἤτοι τὸν Ὀρέστην διεγείρων διώκων  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 335.05 (rec gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: ταράσσων  —VRfrZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ταράττων Zu


Or. 335.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: ἐκταράττων  —P2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 335.07 (recThom gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: κινῶν  —VKPrZZaZlZmTGuZcOx2

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from 333.05 V

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. VPrZc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,23


Or. 335.08 (rec gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: μαίνεσθαι ποιῶν  —VFG

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 335.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: ταχύνων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 335.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: ἐπιφέρων  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 335.11 (mosch gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: παροξύνων  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,23


Or. 335.12 (thom gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: ἐκμαίνων  —ZZaZlZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,23


Or. 335.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: καὶ ἐκπλήττων  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 335.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θοάζων⟩: μεθ’ ὁρμῆς φερόμενος  —V3

POSITION: marg.


Or. 335.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σὲ⟩: ἐπὶ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 335.16 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τὸν μέλεον⟩: τὸν ἄθλιον  —CrPrOxXXaXbXoTYYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 335.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸν μέλεον⟩: ἤγουν τὸν Ὀρέστην  —V2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν νέστ(ο)ρα V2


Or. 335.18 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨μέλεον⟩: τὸν  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   Since Aa has τὸν μέλεον in the text, this article gloss is abnormal. Perhaps it is an incomplete copying of Moschopulean τὸν ἄθλιον.


Or. 335.19 (335–338) (vet exeg) ᾧ δάκρυα δάκρυσι: 1συνάγει καὶ συμμίσγει ἐπάλληλα δάκρυα.  2Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 4.453]· ‘συμβάλλετον ὄβριμον ὕδωρ’.  3ἢ συνάπτει, ἵνα ᾖ ἡ μεταφορὰ ἀπὸ τῶν συμβαλλόντων τοῖς σχοινίοις ἕτερα καὶ ἐπιμηκέστερα ποιούντων,  4οἷον· ἐπὶ τοῖς δάκρυσι συνάπτει δάκρυα.  5Ἀριστοφάνης [Arist. Pac. 36–37]· ‘ὥσπερ οἱ σχοινία / συμβάλλοντες εἰς τὰς ὁλκάδας’.   —MBCPr, partial HVRw

TRANSLATION:   He brings together and mixes together tears in close succession. Homer: ‘the two (torrents) combine their mighty streams of water’. Or (the meaning is) ‘ties together’, so that the metaphor is from those who combine other things with ropes and make the things greater in length, as if to say ‘he joins tears to the tears’. Aristophanes: ‘just like those who plait ropes for towed barges’.

LEMMA: MC(δάκρυσιν)Rw, ᾧ δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμβάλλει B(δά() δάκρυ())Pr, ᾧ δάκρυσιν V      REF. SYMBOL: HBV      POSITION: between sch. 331.01 and 332.01 M; follows next C

APP. CRIT.:   1 συνάγει ἀλλεπάλληλα δάκρυα καὶ συμμίσγει H(δάκρυα om.)Rw   |    συνάγει] ἄγει MVC (ἄγει καὶ crossed out by a later hand in V)   |    ἀλλεπάλληλα δακρύων V   |    2–3 ὅμηρος … ποιούντων om. V, ὅμηρος … ᾖ om. H, ὄμηρος … ἢ om. Rw   |    2 καὶ add. before ὅμ. M   |    2–5 συμβάλλετον] συμ[. rest lost to trimming H   |    2 συμβάλλετον] συμβάλλει τὸ BPr [H]   |    ὄβριμον B, ὄμβριμον MCPr, s.l. B   |    3–4 ἕτερα … ἐπὶ] ἕτε (ρα … ἐπὶ om.) M   |    3 ἕτερον ἑτερ(ον) Rw   |    καὶ om. C   |    ποιούντων] τοιούτων Rw, om. Pr   |    4 συνάπτειν C   |    5 ἀριστοφάνης κτλ om. VRw   |    οἱ om. BPr   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 συμμίγει Pr   |    2 συμβάλετον MC   |    3 ἵν’ Pr   |    συμβαλόντων MC   |    5 ὀλκάδας Pr   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.133,19–23; Dind. II.111,25–112,3

COMMENT:   The quotation is inexact; for σχοινία Arist. has τὰ σχοινία / τὰ παχέα.

KEYWORDS:  μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   |   citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aristophanes


Or. 335.20 (335–338) (vet paraphr) ᾧ δάκρυα: ᾧ, τῷ Ὀρέστῃ, δάκρυα δαίμων τις κακὸς ἀλλεπάλληλα συνάπτει, δίκην τοῦ αἵματος τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ εἰσπραττόμενος.  —MCRw, partial H

TRANSLATION:   For whom, namely Orestes, some evil demon joins together tears in close succession, exacting punishment for the bloodshed of his mother.

LEMMA: M(ὦ)C; ἄλλως Rw      POSITION: intermarg. MH; precedes prev. in C; follows 333.21 Rw

APP. CRIT.:   ᾧ, τῷ] ᾥτινι HRw   |    κακὸς om. H   |    δίκην κτλ om. H   |    τοῦ δὲ αἵματος Rw

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὦ M   |   ἀλλ’ ἐπάλληλα MC   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,1–2

COLLATION NOTES:   Daitz gives the last words in H as συν⟨άπτ⟩ε⟨ι δίκην⟩, but there does not seem to be enough space in the intermarg. corner for δίκην (also the truncated scholion would be misconceived, since δίκην goes with εἰσπραττόμενος). Check new images of H when available.   |


Or. 335.21 (335–338) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ᾧ δάκρυα⟩: τίς τῶν ἀλαστόρων περιέλκων σε καὶ τῷ μανιώδει νόσῳ ἀναβακχεύων κατὰ τὸν οἶκον διὰ τὸν φόνιον ἀγῶνα τῆς μητρὸς μαίνεσθαι σε ποιεῖ τοῖς δάκρυσι δάκρυα συνάπτων.  —V3

TRANSLATION:   Which one of the alastors, dragging you around and with the insanity-like sickness making you revel throughout the house, because of the bloody struggle of your mother makes you be insane, joining tears to tears?

REF. SYMBOL: V3      POSITION: marg.


Or. 335.22 (335–338) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: ὃ δάκρυα:  1ὃ γράφε ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅστις καὶ δόμον μὴ δόμους, λέγων οὕτως·  2ὃ καὶ ὅστις ὁ ἀγὼν δηλονότι ὁ φόνιος συμβάλλει καὶ συνάπτει τοῖς δάκρυσι δάκρυα.  3ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐκ ἐποίει ταῦτα ὁ ἀγών, ἀλλά τις τῶν θεῶν, ἐπήγαγε,  4τις λέγω τῶν ἀλαστόρων καὶ τῶν ἐχθρῶν πορεύων καὶ ἐπιφέρων εἰς τὸν δόμον τὸ αἷμα τῆς σῆς μητρὸς ὅπερ σε ποιεῖ μαίνεσθαι.  5οἱ δὲ γράφοντες τὸ ω μέγα διὰ τὸ συμβάλλει ἀγνοοῦσι τὰ μέτρα.   —T

TRANSLATION:   Write here ‘ho’ meaning ‘hostis’ (masculine relative pronoun) and ‘domon’ not ‘domous’, explaining it thus: which, that is, which contest, obviously, the bloody one, brings together and joins together tears with tears. But since the contest was not doing these things, but rather one of the gods, he continued with: one (I mean) of the alastors and the hostile (spirits) conveying and bringing into the house the blood of your mother, which makes you go mad. And those who write an omega (that is, ‘hō’ = ‘hōi’, dative relative pronoun) on account of ‘sumballei’ (which often takes a dative) do not understand the meter.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. (barely visible now; τρικλινίου in marg. Ta)      POSITION: on next page T (lemma last line of its page)

APP. CRIT.:  2 first ὁ om. Ta

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 τίς T   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.112,5–11; de Fav. 52


Or. 335.23 (335–337) (rec wdord) word order α (ᾧ), β (τις), γ (ἀλαστόρων), δ (πορεύων), ε (συμβάλλει), ϛ (δάκρυα), ζ (δάκρυσι), η (εἰς δόμους)  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 335.24 (rec exeg) ⟨ᾧ⟩: τῷ ἀγῶνι δηλονότι ἢ ᾧτινι σοὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —VMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ὥτινι prep. Sa   |    δηλονότι om. MnSSa   |    σοὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ om. S, σὺ τὼ μελέω Mn

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὦ αγῶνι] ὦ αγών ἢ a.c. Mn   |


Or. 335.25 (rec exeg) ⟨ᾧ⟩: τῷ ἀγῶνι ἢ τῷ μελέῳ σοί  —Pr

POSITION: marg.


Or. 335.26 (rec gloss) ⟨ᾧ⟩: ἀγῶνι σοῦ  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 335.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ᾧ⟩: ἀγῶνι τῆς μανίας  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 335.28 (rec gloss) ⟨ᾧ⟩: τῷ ἀγῶνι  —AaAb

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 335.29 (mosch gloss) ⟨ᾧ⟩: σοὶ  —XXaXbXoYYfGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 335.30 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ᾧ⟩: Ὀρέστῃ σοὶ  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 335.31 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ᾧ⟩: καὶ ᾧτινι τῷ Ὀρέστῃ ἤγουν σοὶ  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 335.32 (thom exeg) ⟨ᾧ⟩: σοὶ ἢ τῷ ἀγῶνι  —ZZaZlZmGuOx2

TRANSLATION:  (The masculine relative pronoun has as antecedent) ‘you’ or ‘the struggle’.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,24


Or. 335.33 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ᾧ⟩: καὶ ᾧτινι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 335.34 (tri exeg) ⟨ὃ⟩: ὅστις ἀγών  —T

TRANSLATION:  (The relative pronoun ‘ho’ is here masculine, meaning) ‘which struggle’ (with ‘which’ in its relative use).

LEMMA: ὃ in text T      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 335.35 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δάκρυα⟩: ἕτερα  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 336.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δάκρυσι⟩: ἐπάνω τοῖς δάκρυσι  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 336.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δάκρυσι⟩: ἐπὶ τοῖς  —Yf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 336.03 (rec artGloss) ⟨δάκρυσι⟩: τοῖς  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 336.04 (rec gloss) ⟨συμβάλλει⟩: συνεισάγει καὶ συνεισφέρει  —V

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 336.05 (rec gloss) ⟨συμβάλλει⟩: συμμίγει  —AbMnSSaGuZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  συμμίσγει S, συμμίγνυσι Zu


Or. 336.06 (rec gloss) ⟨συμβάλλειν⟩: συμμιγνύειν  —Rf

LEMMA: συμβάλειν in text Rf      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 336.07 (rec gloss) ⟨συμβάλλει⟩: μιγνύει  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 336.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμβάλλει⟩: συνέρχονται  —AbMnS

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   The plural assumes that δάκρυα is the subject and that the verb is intransitive.


Or. 336.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμβάλλει⟩: συνέρχεται  —B3a

POSITION: marg.


Or. 336.10 (rec gloss) ⟨συμβάλλει⟩: συνεισφέρει  —PrGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 336.11 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨συμβάλλει⟩: συνάπτει  —AaFPrXXaXbYYfGrZcZZaZlZmT*Ox2

LEMMA: συμβάλλη in text Zl      POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   συνάπτη Zl   |


Or. 336.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμβάλλει⟩: συντάττει  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 337.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨πορεύων τις εἰς δόμους ἀλαστόρων⟩: πορευόμενος ἢ πορεύων τὸν Ὀρέστην ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνακινῶν κατὰ τοὺς δόμους καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιῶν  —V

TRANSLATION:   Conveying himself, or conveying Orestes, equivalent to making him move throughout the house and making him insane.

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 337.02 (vet gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ περιέλκων  —MCPr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Pr, τοῦ om. C   |   τῆ μανία add. M2


Or. 337.03 (rec gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: ἄγων τῇ μανίᾳ  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 337.04 (rec gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: διώκων περιφέρων  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 337.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: ἐπιδιώκων  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 337.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: κινῶν  —V1AaFMnPrRSSaXXaXbXoYYfGGrB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  σε add. V1


Or. 337.07 (recThom gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: ἐπιφέρων  —KZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta wrongly places a cross with this gloss, app. misreading the rectilinear breathing sign in T.   |


Or. 337.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: φέρων  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 337.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: καὶ ἄγων  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 337.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: καὶ παρακινῶν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 337.11 (rec gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: πορευόμενος  —AbCrMnRSOxP2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrOx   |    -ομένην S


Or. 337.12 (rec exeg) ⟨πορεύων⟩: καὶ πορευόμενος, τὸ ἐνεργητικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ παθητικοῦ  —S

TRANSLATION:   That is, conveying himself; the active form used in place of the passive.

POSITION: below the line, last of page

APP. CRIT.:  παθητικὸν … ἐνεργητικοῦ S


Or. 337.13 (rec gloss) ⟨πορεύων⟩: ἐρχόμενος  —RfrYf

POSITION: s.l. Rf, marg. Yf


Or. 337.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τις⟩: δαίμων  —Yf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 337.15 (tri gloss) ⟨τις⟩: λέγω  —T

LEMMA: τίς in text T (indefinite: 335.22)      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 337.16 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς δόμους ἀλαστόρων⟩: ἢ εἰς δόμους ἀλαστόρων ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς δόμους τοῦ Ἅιδου τὴν σὴν μητέρα ἢ σέ, τὸν Ὀρέστην  —V

TRANSLATION:   Alternatively, (the syntax is) to the house of the alastors, meaning to the house of Hades, (carrying) your mother or you, Orestes.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,3–4

COMMENT:   Schw. ignores or suppresses the initial ἢ and treats εἰς δ. ἀλ. as a lemma, but V does not rubricate the initial of ἀντὶ.


Or. 337.17 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς δόμους ἀλαστόρων⟩: τινὲς δὲ ἤκουσαν εἰς ἀλαστόρων δόμον ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς Ἅιδου πορεύεσθαι αὐτὸν ποιεῖ εἰς τοὺς καταχθονίους.  —V

TRANSLATION:   Some have understood it as to the house of the alastors, meaning ‘makes him go to Hades to those below’.

POSITION: appended to sch. 333.06 V

APP. CRIT.:  αὐτῶ V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.133 app. at 1–11


Or. 337.18 (tri gloss) ⟨εἰς δόμον⟩: εἰς τὸν οἶκον  —T

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 337.19 (rec artGloss) ⟨δόμους⟩: τοὺς  —SGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 337.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: δαιμόνων τις  —V1

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 337.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: τις ἤγουν ἀπὸ τῶν θεῶν  —PrB3d

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  τις ἤγουν om. B3d


Or. 337.22 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: τιμωρητικῶν θεῶν  —MnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   τιμωριτ‑ RMn   |


Or. 337.23 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: θεῶν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 337.24 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: τιμωρητικῶν δαιμόνων  —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Alastores’ are) punishing divinities.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  τιμωρητικῶν ὀργάνων· δαιμόνων Za


Or. 337.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν τιμωρητικῶν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 337.26 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 337.27 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2B3a

POSITION: s.l. except marg. B3a

APP. CRIT.:  ἀπὸ om. T   |    τῶν om. G

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐχρῶν Aa2   |


Or. 337.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: καὶ τῶν δαιμόνων  —CrFOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῶν om. F


Or. 337.29 (rec gram) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀλῶ τὸ πλανῶ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  etymology


Or. 338.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ματέρος αἷμα⟩: ἕνεκεν τοῦ αἵματος τῆς σῆς μητρὸς ὅπερ σε μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ.  —R

REF. SYMBOL: R       POSITION: marg.


Or. 338.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ματέρος αἷμα⟩: ἕνεκεν τοῦ αἵματος  —AbMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.134,13


Or. 338.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ματέρος αἷμα⟩: διὰ τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρὸς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 338.04 (recMosch etaGloss) ⟨ματέρος⟩: μητέρος  —Aa2AbRXXaXbXoT

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT.:  μητρός Aa2RT


Or. 338.05 (rec gloss) ⟨αἷμα⟩: διὰ  —V3FRSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  τὸ add. R, γὰρ add. Sa (app. by misreading of τὸ)


Or. 338.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨αἷμα⟩: φόνον  —KXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  τὸν prep. KT


Or. 338.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἷμα⟩: διὰ τὸν φόνον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 338.08 (thom artGloss) ⟨αἷμα⟩: τὸ  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 338.09 (recMoschThom etaGloss) ⟨σᾶς⟩: σῆς  —AaAbSXXaXbGrZZaZmT

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 338.10 (vet exeg) ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει: 1διχῶς στίζουσιν ΟΣ ἀναβακχεύει.  2ἀποδίδοται οὖν πρὸς μὲν τὴν πρώτην στιγμήν·  3τίς οὗτος φόνιος ἔρχεται ἀγὼν, ᾧ ἀγῶνι δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμμίσγει καὶ συμβάλλει τις τῶν ἀλαστόρων  4πορεύεσθαι ποιῶν τὸ αἷμα τῆς σῆς μητρὸς εἰς τοὺς οἴκους καὶ μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν ἀτιμώρητον,  5[ἢ] ὅ σε, τὸ αἷμα δηλονότι, ἀναβακχεύει καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ.  6πρὸς δὲ τὴν δευτέραν στιγμὴν οὕτως·  7τίς οὗτος ἔρχεται φόνιος ἀγὼν, ⟨ᾧ, τῷ ἀγῶνι,⟩ δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμμίσγει τις τῶν ἀλαστόρων,  8ὅς σε ἀναβακχεύει πορεύων καὶ περιέλκων ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς,  9ὅ ἐστιν· ἀνακινῶν τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρός σου κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους καὶ μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν ἀτιμώρητον.   —MBCPra, partial Prb

TRANSLATION:   They punctuate/segment ‘os anabackcheuei’ in two different ways. Now then, it is rendered with the first segmentation (that is, ‘ho s’’, neuter relative pronoun with elided pronoun ‘se’): What bloody contest is this that comes, to which contest one of the alastors mixes in and adds tears to tears, causing the blood of your mother to move into the house and not permitting it to rest unavenged, which thing, the blood clearly, makes you revel and causes you to go mad? With the second segmentation (that is, ‘hos’, masculine relative pronoun without a pronoun), (it is rendered) as follows: What bloody contest is this that comes, for which, that is, the contest, one of the alastors mixes tears with tears, (one) who makes you revel, conveying (or: making dance?) and forcing around the blood of your mother, that is, causing the blood of your mother to move through the house and not allowing it to rest unavenged?

LEMMA: BPra(‑χεύσει), ὃς ἀναβακχεύει C, ὥς (or ὅς) ἀναβακχεύει app. M      POSITION: between 340.02 and 341.01 C, between 351.01 and 333.06 Prb

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 διχῶς … πρώτην στιγμὴν om. Prb   |    1 ΟΣ ἀναβακχεύει] ὃς ἀναβ. C, ὡς ἀναβ. M, om. BPra   |    2 μὲν] μίαν Pra   |    3 δάκρυα om. PraPrb   |    4 ποιῶν πορεύεσθαι transp. BPraPrb   |    σῆς om. BPraPrb   |    εἰς τοὺς] prob. thus B, κατὰ τοὺς after rewriting of faded ink at a later time   |    5 ἢ del. Schw.   |    ὅ σε] ὅς σε M   |    δηλονότι om. BPraPrb   |    6–9 πρὸς δὲ τὴν δευτ. κτλ om. Prb   |    6–7 οὕτως· τίς οὗτος Schw., ὅτι τοσοῦτον all   |    7 after ἀγὼν add. καὶ BPra, ᾧ τῷ ἀγῶνι suppl. Schw.   |    8 πορεύων] om. Pra, χορεύων C   |    σᾶς om. Pra   |    9 σου om. Pra   |    μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν] Pra, οὐκ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν B, μὴ ἠρεμῶν αὐτὸ εἶναι M(‑μὸν or ‑μὼν)C, μὴ ἠρεμεῖν αὐτὸ ἐῶν Schw.    |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 διχὸς M   |    3 ᾧ] ὦ M   |    συμμίγει PraPrb   |    συμβάλει C   |    ἀλλαστόρων M   |    7 συμμίγει Pra   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,5–14; Dind. II.112,17–26


Or. 338.11 (vet exeg) ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει: 1τινὲς στίζουσιν ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει, ἵν’ ᾖ ὅπερ σε, τὸ αἷμα.  2γράφεται δὲ καὶ ὅς σε ἀναβακχεύει, ὁ ἀλάστωρ ⟨ὅς⟩ σε ἀνακινεῖ καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ.   —MCMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Some punctuate/segment (with neuter relative pronoun and elided pronoun, ‘ho s’’) ‘which makes you revel’, so that the sense may be ‘which very thing … you’, (namely) the blood. But it is also written (as one word ‘hos’, masculine relative pronoun) ‘who makes you revel’, (namely) the alastor who agitates you and makes you go mad.

LEMMA: Mn, ὥς or ὅς ἀν. M, ὃς ἀν. CRb, ὁς or ὅς ἀν. S, Sa faded and illegible      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      POSITION: marg. M

APP. CRIT.:   1 after στίζ. add. εἰς τὸ MCRb   |    ὅ σ’] Sa, ὄ σ’ Mn, ο̅ς̅ Rb, ὃς MC, ὅς S   |    πόντου add. before ἵν’ Rb   |    2 γράφεται δὲ om. MnRbSSa   |    ὁ om. MCMn   |    ὃς suppl. Schw.   |    ποιεῖ μαίνεσθαι transp. MnSSa   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἵνα MnRbSSa   |    2 ἀλάστωρ written over ἵνα ἦ (repeated from prev. sentence) Mn   |    ἀνακεινεῖ Mn   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,15–17; Dind. II.112,14–17

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 338.12 (vet exeg) ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει: τουτέστιν· ὅπερ, ⟨τὸ αἷμα⟩ τῆς μητρὸς, ἀναβακχεύει σε καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ. ἢ ὅστις ἀλαστόρων ἀνακινεῖ τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρός σου μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν ἀτιμώρητον.  —B

TRANSLATION:   That is, which thing (neuter relative pronoun), ⟨the blood⟩ of your mother, makes you revel and makes you insane. Or, which (masculine relative pronoun) of the alastors arouses the blood of your mother, not allowing it to rest unavenged.

POSITION: follows 333.08 with period, not scholion-ending punct.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,18–20; Dind. II.112,12–14


Or. 338.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ὅπερ μαίνεσθαί σε ποιεῖ  —AbMn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  σε] με Mn


Or. 338.14 (tri paraphr) ⟨ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ὅπερ σε ἐκμαίνει  —T

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 338.15 (tri metr) ⟨ὅ σ’ ἀν(αβακχεύει)⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς  —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52

COMMENT:   The note is above the first two syllables. This does not agree with the description of the colon in 316.01, which indicates that at some point Triclinius read ὅς σ’ ἀνα- and treated ανα as the resolution. See on 316.01.


Or. 338.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅ⟩: ἢ ὃ καὶ ὅπερ τὸ αἷμα  —SSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ἢ ὃ om. S   |    ὅπερ τὸ αἷμα] ὕπερ τίνα S


Or. 338.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅ⟩: ὅπερ  —Aa2CrPrOxZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrZcOx


Or. 338.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅ⟩: ἤγουν τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρὸς  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 338.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅ⟩: αἷμα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 338.20 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ κινεῖ, μαίνεσθαι κατὰ σοῦ ποιεῖ.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   Meaning sets in motion, causes to rage madly against you.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦ om. C


Or. 338.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: διεγείρει  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 338.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ταράσσει  —V

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 338.23 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: κινεῖ  —VH4

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 338.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ἀναταράττει  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 338.25 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ἤτοι μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 338.26 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: μανιοποιεῖ ἀνεγείρει  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  μανίαις ποιεῖ Mn

COMMENT:   The verb μανιοποιεῖν is attested in TLG only in Philodemus, περὶ ὀργῆς fr. 17, col. 34,26 and Et. Magn. 547*,337.

KEYWORDS:  rare word


Or. 338.27 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ἀνακινεῖ  —CrFPrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 338.28 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: μαίνεσθαι κινεῖ  —K

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   perhaps read μαίνεσθαι ⟨ποιεῖ,⟩ κινεῖ (338.31, 338.23)


Or. 338.29 (moschThom gloss) ἀναβακχεύει: ἐκμαίνει  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcZZaZlZmAa2

LEMMA: ὅσ’ ἀναβακχεύει X      POSITION: s.l. except X


Or. 338.30 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ἐκμαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ  —GGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 338.31 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ποιεῖ μαίνεσθαι  —ZbB3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 338.32 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: τιμωρεῖ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 338.33 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ⟨βάκχος⟩ ἢ ὁ οἶνος ἀπὸ τοῦ χέειν βοήν. ⟨ἢ⟩ βάκχος ὁ μαινόμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βοᾶν τὸν Ἴακχον, τουτέστι τὸν Διόνυσον. πίνοντες γὰρ εἰς τὰς τοῦ Διονύσου ἑορτὰς ἐβόων τὸ Ἴακχε.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Bacchus’ either means wine, from pouring a loud cry (‘boēn cheein’); or ‘bacchus’ means the one who rages madly, from shouting (the name of) Iacchus, that is, Dionysus. For when people were drinking in the festivals of Dionysus, they used to shout ‘Iacchus’.

KEYWORDS:  etymology


Or. 338.34 (tri metr) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: koine short over ευ  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52


Or. 339.01 (tri metr) ⟨κατολοφύρομαι κατολοφύρομαι⟩: long mark over each upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52


Or. 339.02 (recTri gloss) ⟨first κατολοφύρομαι⟩: θρηνῶ  —RT

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 339.03 (thom gloss) ⟨first κατολοφύρομαι⟩: λίαν θρηνῶ  —ZmGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 339.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first κατολοφύρομαι⟩: δακρύω  —F2Xo2Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 339.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first κατολοφύρομαι⟩: λυποῦμαι  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 339.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first κατολοφύρομαι⟩: καὶ κλαίω  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 339.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first κατολοφύρομαι⟩: πενθῶ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 339.08 (thom gloss) ⟨first κατολοφύρομαι⟩: σὲ  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 339.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second κατολοφύρομαι⟩: θρηνῶ  —Aa2F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 339.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second κατολοφύρομαι⟩: λίαν θρηνῶ  —Ox2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 339.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second κατολοφύρομαι⟩: δακρύω  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 340.01 (340–344) (vet exeg) ὁ μέγας ὄλβος: περισσὸν τὸ ἓν ὡς.  —MVCMnRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   One (instance of) ‘as’ (in 341 or in 343) is superfluous.

LEMMA: all (ὄλβος om. Rb)      REF. SYMBOL: VRbSa      POSITION: marg. M

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἓν] ἐνὰς Mn   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,21; Dind. II.113,6

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός


Or. 340.02 (340–344) (vet exeg) ὁ μέγας ὄλβος οὐ μόνιμος: 1καὶ ἔσται ὁ λόγος· οὐ μόνιμος ὁ μέγας ὄλβος.  2κατέκλυσε γὰρ αὐτὸν δαίμων τις, ὡσεὶ λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς τινάξας κατέκλυσε τοῖς ὀλεθρίοις καὶ λάβροις κύμασι πόντου.  3τὸ δὲ δεινῶν πόνων ἐν μέσῳ ἀναπεφώνηται.  4ἢ οὕτως· ὡς δὲ πόντου λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις ἐν κύμασι δαίμων τις ἀκάτου θοᾶς λαῖφος κατέκλυσεν,  5οὕτως καὶ τὸν μέγαν ὄλβον κατέκλυσε τινάξας ὑπὸ δεινῶν πόνων.   —MBCPrRw, partial H

TRANSLATION:   And the sense (of the whole long sequence) will be: Great prosperity is not lasting. For some divinity has overwhelmed it, as if he has shaken violently the sail of a swift vessel and overwhelmed it with the destructive and violent waves of the sea. The words ‘of terrible sufferings’ are pronounced separately in the middle. Or (take it) this way: just as in the violent destructive waves of the sea some divinity has overwhelmed the sail of a swift vessel, so too he has shaken violently and overwhelmed great prosperity with terrible sufferings.

LEMMA: BPr      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: marg. M; cont. from prev. MCRw

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ ἔσται ὁ λόγος om. BPr [H]   |    οὐ … ὄλβος om. Pr   |    2 first κατέκλυσε] κατέλυσε M(‑εν)C   |    τις transp. before αὐτὸν M   |    ὡσεὶ] ὡς εἰς Pr   |    λαῖφος transp. after θοᾶς Pr   |    second κατέκλυσε] κατέκλυσεν ἐν M, κατέκλεισε C   |    πόντου] πάντως Rw   |    4–5 ἢ οὕτως κτλ om. H   |    4 ἢ om. Rw   |    4–5 κατέκλυσεν … ὄλβον om. M   |    5 ὑπὸ om. Pr   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τίς all except H (uncertain, damaged)   |    λάβροισι Rw   |    κύμασι] κύμασιν M   |    4 τίς all   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,22–135,2; Dind. II.113,6–9


Or. 340.03 (340–344) (rec exeg) 1ὁ λόγος δὲ οὐ μόνιμος ὁ μέγας ὄλβος.  2κατέκλυσε γὰρ αὐτὸν δαίμων τις, ὡσεὶ λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς τινάξας κατέκλυσε τοῖς ὀλεθρίοις καὶ λάβροις κύμασι πόντου.  3οὕτω καὶ τὸν ὄλβον κατέκλυσε τινάξας ὑπὸ δεινῶν πόνων.  4ὅσον γὰρ δύναται πνεῦμα κατὰ νηὸς ἐν θαλάσσῃ, τοσοῦτον ἀνθρώπων ἡ τύχη.   —VMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   The sense is ‘great prosperity is not lasting’. For some divinity has overwhelmed it, as if he has shaken violently the sail of a swift vessel and overwhelmed it with the destructive and violent waves of the sea. So too he has shaken violently and overwhelmed prosperity with terrible sufferings. For as much power as wind has over a ship in the sea, so much does fortune have over humans (or: so much does the fortune of human beings have).

POSITION: cont. from prev. all

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὁ δὲ λόγος transp. V   |    2 first κατέκλυσε] κατέλυσε MnSa   |    γὰρ] τὸν Sa   |    second κατέκλυσε] κατέλυσε Sa   |    4 οὐ δύναται Sa   |    κατὰ νηὸς πνεῦμα transp. MnSSa   |    ἐκ θαλάσσης Rb   |    ἄνθρωπον V, ἀν(θρώπ)ου Rb, τῶν ἁνθρώπων S   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 θοὰς S, θεὰς Mn   |    λαύροι Mn   |    πνότου Mn   |    3 οὕτως V   |    τεινάξας Mn   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,22–24 app.; Dind. II.113,6–10


Or. 340.04 (340–344) (rec paraphr) ἄλλως: ὡς ἐν πόντῳ λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις ἐν κύμασι δαίμων τις ἀκάτου θοᾶς λαῖφος κατέκλυσεν, οὕτως καὶ τὸν μέγαν ὄλβον κατέκλυσε τινάξας ὑπὸ δεινῶν πόνων.  —V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134 app.; Dind. II.113,11–13


Or. 340.05 (340–344) (rec paraphr) 1σύνταξις οὕτως· ἀνατινάξας τις δαίμων κατέκλυσε τὸν ὄλβον ὑπὸ τῶν δεινῶν πόνων  2καθώσπερ τις ἄνεμος κατέκλυσεν ἐν λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασι τοῦ πόντου τὸ λαῖφος τῆς ἀκάτου θοᾶς ἢ τῆς ταχυτάτης νηός.   —MnRaRbSSa

POSITION: cont. from prev. without punct. SSaRb

APP. CRIT.:  1 σύνταξις οὕτως Rb, om. others   |    2 κατέλυσεν Sa, κατέκλυσεν τὸν ὄλβον S   |    τὸ λαῖφος … ἢ] Rb, τὸ ἅρμενον others (ἄρμ‑ Mn)   |    at end add. ὅσον γὰρ δύναται πνεῦμα κατὰ νηὸς, τοσοῦτον ἀνθρώπων ἡ τύχη Ra

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀντινάξας S   |   τίς all   |   2 λαύροις Mn   |


Or. 340.06 (rec paraphr) ἡ εὐδαιμονία ἐν τοῖς βροτοῖς οὐκ ἐπιμένει.  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 340.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ὄλβος⟩: ἡ εὐτυχία  —SarG

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 340.08 (thom gloss) ⟨ὄλβος⟩: εὐδαιμονία  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ἡ prep. T, ἡ μεγάλη prep. Zl


Or. 340.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄλβος⟩: πλοῦτος  —CrF2OxAa2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 340.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨οὐ μόνιμος⟩: οὐκ ἐν μονῇ ἐστὶν, ἤγουν οὐ μένει  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:  οὐ om. Xo   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.115,6


Or. 340.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐ μόνιμος⟩: ἀλλὰ φθείρεται  —Y2

POSITION: s.l. (perhaps meant to supplement prev.)


Or. 340.12 (rec gloss) ⟨μόνιμος⟩: αἰώνιος  —H4Pr2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 340.13 (rec gloss) ⟨μόνιμος⟩: ἀΐδιος  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 340.14 (thom gloss) ⟨μόνιμος⟩: διηνεκής  —ZcZaZlZmAaCrGOxZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. ZZcCrOx   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   δηϊνεκὴς Aa   |


Or. 340.15 (thom gloss) ⟨μόνιμος⟩: στάσιμος  —ZmZuGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.115,7


Or. 340.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μόνιμος⟩: καὶ βέβαιος  —F2Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ] οὐ F2


Or. 340.17 (thom gloss) ⟨μόνιμος⟩: ἐστὶν  —ZZlZm

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐστὶ Zl   |


Or. 340.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μόνιμος⟩: ὑπάρχει  —Aa2GZuP2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 341.01 (341–344) (vet exeg) ἀνὰ δὲ λαῖφος: 1ἀνατινάξας δέ τις δαίμων τὸν ὄλβον κατέκλυσεν αὐτὸν καὶ κατεπόντισεν, ὡς ἀκάτου θοᾶς λαῖφος πόντου λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασιν.  2ὅσον γὰρ δύναται πνεῦμα κατὰ νηὸς ἐν θαλάσσῃ, τοσοῦτον κατὰ τὸν βίον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ τύχη.   —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION:   Some divinity, having shaken prosperity violently, has overwhelmed it and sunk it in the sea, like the sail of a swift vessel with the sea’s violent destructive waves. For just as much force as wind has against a ship at sea, so much does fortune have in the life of humans.

LEMMA: MC, ἄλλως BPr      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: cont. from 341.04 V

APP. CRIT.:   1 πόντου om. Pr   |    λάβ. καὶ ὀλ. BPr   |    κύμασι transp. before λάβροις Pr   |    2 ὅσον] ὃς M   |    γὰρ om. MC   |    τοσοῦτον καὶ κατὰ BV   |    ἡ τύχη τῶν ἀνθρώπων transp. MC   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 δὲ τίς MV   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.135,2–6; Dind. II.114,4–7 and 113,20–23


Or. 341.02 (341–344) (rec exeg) 1ἀνατινάξας δὲ δαίμων τις τὸν ὄλβον, ὡς λαῖφος τι ἀκάτου θοᾶς κατέκλυσε λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασι.  2τὸ δὲ δεινῶν πόνων ἐμ μέσῳ καταπεφώνηται.  3ὅσον γὰρ δύναται πνεῦμα κατὰ νηὸς ἐν θαλάσσῃ, τοσοῦτον κατὰ τὸν βίον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ τύχη.   —O

APP. CRIT.:   3 νηὸς perhaps corr. from νῆα O

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τίς O   |   λέφος τί O   |


Or. 341.03 (341–344) (rec paraphr) ἀνὰ δὲ λαῖφος: 1οὕτως κλύζεσθαι δαίμων τις παρεσκεύασεν ὑπὸ ἀστάτων ἔργων, δηλονότι τὸν ὄλβον,  2ὡς λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς ἀνατινάξας κλύζεσθαι ἐποίησεν ἐν κύμασι πόντου λάβροις καὶ ὀλεθρίοις.   —VCRw

TRANSLATION:   In such a way some divinity caused (it) to be flooded by unceasing actions, (it being) namely prosperity, in the same way that, having shaken violently the sail of a swift vessel, he caused it to be washed in the violent and destructive waves of the sea.

LEMMA: all (prep.ἄλλως C)      REF. SYMBOL: V

APP. CRIT.:   2 ὡς] ἢ Rw   |    ἐποίησεν added by V1 in space left by V   |    ἐν λάβροις V

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τίς Rw   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.135,12–14; Dind. II.113,13–16


Or. 341.04 (341–344) (rec exeg) καὶ ἄλλως: 1ἀνατινάξας γὰρ δαίμων τις, ὅ ἐστιν ἄνωθεν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πνεύσας, δηλονότι τὸν ὄλβον,  2οὕτως κλύζεσθαι ἐποίησεν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀστάτων ἔργων ὡς ναῦν ἐν κύμασι πόντου λάβροις καὶ ὀλεθρίοις.  3τὸ γὰρ λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς περιφραστικῶς τὴν ναῦν.   —VC, partial Rw

TRANSLATION:   For some divinity, having shaken (it) violently, which is to say having blown from above from heaven, (it being) namely prosperity, has caused it to be flooded by unceasing actions just like a ship in the sea’s violent and destructive waves. For ‘sail of a swift vessel’ is used periphrastically for ‘ship’.

LEMMA: V      POSITION: cont. from prev. CRw, prep. ἢ οὕτω

APP. CRIT.:   1 γὰρ om. Rw   |    πνεύσας Mastr., πέμψας all   |    2–3 ὑπὸ τῶν κτλ om. Rw   |    2 τῶν om. C   |    3 γὰρ om. C

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τίς all   |   οῦρανοῦ] ὀρὰν Rw   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.135,15–18; Dind. II.113,16–20


Or. 341.05 (341–344) (mosch exeg) τινάξας δαίμων: 1ἀνατινάξας δέ τις δαίμων αὐτὸν δηλονότι τὸν ὄλβον ὥσπερ λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοῆς κατέκλυσεν ὥσπερ ἐν κύμασι πόντου λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις.  2τὸ δὲ δεινῶν πόνων διὰ μέσου, ἀντὶ τοῦ φεῦ ἕνεκα τῶν δεινῶν πόνων.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   Some divinity having violently shaken it, prosperity itself, just like the sail of a swift vessel, flooded (it) as if in the sea’s violent destructive waves. The words ‘of terrible sufferings’ are parenthetic, meaning ‘alas because of the terrible sufferings’.

LEMMA: G

APP. CRIT.:   1 δὲ om. Gr

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 δῆλον ὅτι G   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.114,13–16

KEYWORDS:  διὰ μέσου


Or. 341.06 (341–343) (rec wdord) word order α (ἀνὰ), β (τινάξας), γ (τις), δ (δαίμων), ε (κατέκλυσε), ϛ (ὡς), ζ (λαῖφος), η (ἀκάτου θοᾶς), θ (λάβροις), ι (πόντου)  —M2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 341.07 (341–343) (rec wdord) word order α (ἀνὰ), β (τινάξας), γ (τις), δ (δαίμων), ε (κατέκλυσε), ϛ (δεινῶν πόνων), ζ (second ὡς), η (first ὥς), θ (λαῖφος), ι (ἀκάτου θοᾶς), ια (πόντου)  —V

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 341.08 (341–342) (rec wdord) word order α (ἀνὰ), β (τινάξας), γ (δαίμων), δ (ὥς τις), ε (κατέκλυσε), ζ (λαῖφος), η (ἀκάτου)  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 341.09 (341–342) (rec wdord) word order α (δαίμων), β ((?)πόντου), γ (δεινῶν), δ (πόνων ὡς), ε (ὤστης), ϛ (τινάξας), ζ (λαῖφος(?)), η (ἀκάτου), θ (κατέκλυσε)  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  some numbers are obscure, uncertain


Or. 341.10 (341–342) (pllgn wdord) word order α (δαίμων), β (τινάξας), γ (λαῖφος), δ (θοᾶς)  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  some numbers are obscure, uncertain


Or. 341.11 (341–342) (pllgn exeg) τὸ ἀνά εἰς τὸ τινάξ[ας]  —B3a

POSITION: marg.


Or. 341.12 (recMosch gloss) ⟨λαῖφος⟩: ἄρμενον  —AbCrF2RSOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZl

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrOx, καὶ τὸ prep. S, ὡς prep. F2

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἅρμενον SXXaXbXoT+YfGrZlZc, ἄραμενος R   |


Or. 341.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ὥς τις⟩: ὤστης  —AbPrZc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 341.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ὤστης⟩: ὥς τις  —Mn

LEMMA: ὤστης in text Mn      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 341.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ὤστης⟩: ἄνεμος  —AbMnRSSar

LEMMA: ὤστης in text MnRSa      POSITION: s.l. (a second time in marg. R)


Or. 341.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ὥς⟩: οὕτως  —H4

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 341.17 (thom gloss) ⟨ὥς⟩: ὥσπερ  —ZcZaZm

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 341.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὥς⟩: καθὰ  —Aa3GY2P2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 341.19 (rec gloss) ⟨τις⟩: δαίμων  —GK

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 341.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀκάτου θοᾶς⟩: τῆς ταχυτάτης νηός  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 341.21 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀκάτου⟩: νηὸς  —CrRSXo2ZZaZlZmTGuOx2B3a

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrS


Or. 341.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀκάτου⟩: πλοίου  —GRSZc

POSITION: s.l. (second instance in marg. R)

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zc


Or. 341.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀκάτου⟩: πλοιαρίου  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 341.24 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨θοᾶς⟩: ταχείας  —CrRSOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZlZmT*

POSITION: s.l. (second instance in marg. R)

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 341.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θοᾶς⟩: ταχυτάτου  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 341.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θοᾶς⟩: ταχινῆς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 341.27 (pllgn etaGloss) ⟨θοᾶς⟩: θοῆς  —AaGrXbB3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 342.01 (rec gloss) ⟨τινάξας⟩: ἀνα(τινάξας)  —KSXo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 342.02 (rec gloss) ⟨τινάξας⟩: τὸν ὄλβον  —V3F2RB3d

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. R


Or. 342.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τινάξας⟩: αὐτὸν τὸν πλοῦτον δηλονότι  —Aa2F

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  αὐτὸν om. F   |    δῆλον F


Or. 342.04 (rec gloss) ⟨τινάξας⟩: ἀνακινήσας  —SarY2Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 342.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τινάξας⟩: στρέψας  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 342.06 (thom gloss) ⟨τινάξας⟩: ταράξας τοῦτον  —ZZaZlZmTGuGOx2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦτον om. G


Or. 342.07 (rec gloss) ⟨δαίμων⟩: ἡ τύχη  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 342.08 (rec gloss) ⟨δαίμων⟩: τις  —OAbMnRS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   τίς Ab   |


Or. 342.09 (rec artGloss) ⟨δαίμων⟩:  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 342.10 (vet exeg) κατέκλυσεν δεινῶν: 1κλύζεσθαι παρεσκεύασεν, ἄστατον ὄντα ὑπὸ τῶν δεινῶν πόνων, τουτέστιν ἔργων.  2Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 1.467]· ‘αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ παύσαντο πόνου’.  3ὡς γὰρ κλύζεται ναῦς ἐν θαλάσσῃ, οὕτω καὶ ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τύχη ὑπὸ ἀστάτων ἔργων.  4[Men. Georg. fr. 4.5 Sandbach = 94 Kock, 1 Koerte] ‘τὸ τῆς τύχης γὰρ ῥεῦμα μεταπίπτει ταχύ’.   —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   Caused (prosperity) to be washed over, being unstable because of the terrible toils, that is, deeds. (‘Ponos’ is used as in) Homer, ‘but when they ceased from toil’. For just as a ship is washed over in the sea, thus too the fortune of humans (is affected) by unceasing actions. (Menander writes:) ‘For the flow of fortune shifts quickly’.

LEMMA: M(‑σε)C, ἢ οὕτως BPr      REF. SYMBOL: M

APP. CRIT.:   1 παρεσκεύασέν τις θεῶν τὸν ὄλβον ἄστατον BPr (‑ασε τίς Pr)   |    ἀπὸ Pr   |    3 κλύζεσθαι Pr   |    οὕτω … ταχύ] τοσοῦτον καὶ κατὰ τὸν βίον ἡ τύχη τῶν ἀνθρώπων MC [from sch. 341.01 above]   |    4 τῆς τύχης γὰρ Menander, γὰρ τῆς τύχης all   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τοῦτέστιν B   |    3 οὕτως Pr   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.135,7–11; Dind. II.114,7–12

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation); citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation); Menander


Or. 342.11 (rec gloss) ⟨κατέκλυσε⟩: κατέλυσε  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 342.12 (rec gloss) ⟨κατέκλυσε⟩: κατεπόντισε  —ORfY2Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu


Or. 342.13 (thom gloss) ⟨κατέκλυσε⟩: ἠφάνισε  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σεν T   |


Or. 342.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατέκλυσε⟩: κατεβύθισε  —Y2

LEMMA: κατέλυσε in text Y      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 342.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατέκλυσε⟩: καὶ ἐβύθισε  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 342.16 (rec gloss) ⟨κατέκλυσε⟩: δηλαδὴ τὸν ὄλβον  —AbMnPrRSF2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  δηλαδὴ om. Pr   |    αὐτοῦ add. R


Or. 342.17 (rec gloss) ⟨κατέκλυσε⟩: τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 342.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατέκλυσε⟩: ναῦν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 342.19 (rec exeg) ⟨κατέκλυσε⟩: κατὰ τῶν κυμάτων τῶν δεινῶν  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 342.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κατέκλυσε⟩: ἐν τοῖς κύμασι  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 342.21 (342–343) (rec exeg) ⟨δεινῶν πόνων⟩: ὑπὸ τῶν  —OAbFMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ἢ prep. Pr   |    ἀπὸ Ab   |    τῶν om. OAbMn   |    δεινῶν add. S


Or. 342.22 (342–343) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δεινῶν πόνων⟩: τῶν μακρῶν πόνων (?)καὶ(?) [ ]πιλύν(?)  —P2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  obscured by fold in parchment


Or. 342.23 (342–343) (rec exeg) ⟨δεινῶν πόνων⟩: ἐλλειπτικτὸν, φεῦ καμάτων  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  ἐλλειπτικῶς


Or. 342.24 (342–343) (mosch exeg) ⟨δεινῶν πόνων⟩: φεῦ ἕνεκα  —XXaXbXo2T+YYfGGrAa2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ἕνεκεν Aa2   |    τῶν add. Xo2, τῶν χαλεπῶν δυστυχιῶν add. T (from Thoman glosses 342.25, 343.06)


Or. 342.25 (thom gloss) ⟨δεινῶν⟩: χαλεπῶν  —ZZaZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 343.01 (rec gloss) ⟨πόνων⟩: ἔργων  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 343.02 (thom gloss) ⟨πόνων⟩: δυστυχιῶν  —ZZaZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 343.03 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨πόνων⟩: τῶν  —Xo

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 343.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὡς πόντου⟩: καὶ καθώσπερ ἄνεμος κατέκλυσε τῆς θαλάσσης  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 343.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς πόντου⟩: λείπει ἄνεμος  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  λείπει


Or. 343.06 (thom gloss) ⟨ὡς πόντου⟩: κύμασι δηλονότι  —ZZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 343.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: καθώς  —H4

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 343.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: καθὰ  —Aa3AbGKMn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 343.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὥσπερ  —ZcZuP2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 343.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὣς⟩: οὕτως  —B3d

LEMMA: in text ὡς changed to ὣς by B3d       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 343.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 343.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πόντου⟩: ὑπὸ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 343.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πόντου⟩: ἐπὶ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 343.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πόντου⟩: καὶ θαλάσσης  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 343.15 (rec artGloss) ⟨πόντου⟩: τοῦ  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 343.16 (thom exeg) ⟨λάβροις⟩: 1τὸ λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις ἐν κύμασι πρὸς τὸ δεινῶν πόνων σύναπτε, καὶ μὴ λάμβανε ὑπὸ ἔξωθεν,  2μηδὲ τὸ ὡς πόντου μετὰ τόνου τὸ ὥς ἔκφερε, ὥς τινές φασιν. οὕτω δέ·  3ὁ μέγας ὄλβος καὶ ἡ μεγάλη εὐδαιμονία οὐ μόνιμος καὶ διηνεκής ἐστιν ἐν τοῖς βροτοῖς,  4ἀνατινάξας δὲ καὶ ταράξας αὐτόν τις δαίμων ὥσπερ λαῖφος ἀκάτου καὶ νηὸς θοᾶς καὶ ταχείας κατέκλυσε  5καὶ ἠφάνισεν ἐν λάβροις καὶ σφοδροῖς ὀλεθρίοις κύμασι δεινῶν πόνων καὶ δυστυχιῶν, ὥσπερ πόντου κύμασι δηλονότι.  6ἰστέον δὲ ὅτι ἐπειδὴ λαῖφος εἶπε διὰ τοῦτο καὶ κατέκλυσεν εἶπε καὶ κύμασι,  7δεικνὺς ὅτι ἡ τοῦ ὄλβου ἀνατροπὴ ἀνατροπῇ λαίφους ἔοικε καὶ αἱ τῶν δεινῶν πόνων ἐπελεύσεις κύμασιν ὀλεθρίοις.  8τὸ δὲ [346] ‘θεογόνων γάμων’ λέγει ἐπειδὴ καὶ ὁ Τάνταλος υἱὸς ἦν Διός.   —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Join ‘in violent destructive waves’ to ‘of terrible sufferings’, and do not understand from outside ‘by means of/because of’ (‘hupo’); and do not pronounce ‘as of the sea’ with an accent as ‘thus (of the sea)’, as some say, but rather (the sense is) like this: Great prosperity, that is, great wealth/success, is not lasting, that is, continuous, among mortals, but some divinity, having shaken it violently and disturbed it just like the sail of a vessel, that is, a ship, a speedy one, that is, a swift one, has engulfed, that is, destroyed, it in violent, that is, intense, destructive waves of terrible sufferings, that is, misfortunes, just as if with waves of the sea, obviously. One should understand that since he (the poet) spoke of a sail, for this reason he also used ‘engulfed’ and ‘with waves’, showing that the overturning of prosperity is similar to the overturning of a sail, and the attacks of terrible sufferings (are similar) to destructive waves. And he uses the term ‘of god-born marriages’ because in fact Tantalus was a son of Zeus.

LEMMA: ἡ σύνταξις in marg. Z (at level of sentence 3)       REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐν om. Zl   |    2 first τὸ om. Gu   |    τόνου] πόνου Zl   |    4 ταράξας] ἀναταράξας Zl   |    5 first κύμασι transp. before λάβροις T   |    6 first καὶ om. Zl   |    7 ἀνατροπῇ om. Gu   |    ἀπελεύσεις Zl   |    κύμασιν] κύμασι θαλάσσοις [sic] T (θαλάσσης Ta)   |    8 διὸς ἦν υἱός transp. Za   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 μὴ δὲ all   |    τινες φασὶν Zl   |    3 εὐδαινία Za   |    7 ἔοικεν Zl   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.114,16–115,1

COMMENT:   The target of Thomas’ disagreement about understanding ὑπὸ with δεινῶν πόνων is to be found in earlier scholia such as 340.02–05, 340.10, 342.21. As for his other objection, concerning the second ὡς (in ὡς πόντου), there is the later evidence of 343.10, and of the almost 50 mss I checked, the following have ὣς πόντου (or ὣς, πόντου) in the text: (contemporary with Thomas) AL and (later) B3dNYvZd. For the earlier ὡς of ὥς τις being taken as οὕτως one can cite 341.16, earlier than or nearly contemporary with Thomas. But that gloss is ambiguous: it could mean either that ὥς is to be treated as οὕτως here, or that one should paraphrase οὕτως (scil. τὸν ὄλβον ἀνετίναξεν) ὡς.

KEYWORDS:  Thomas critical of another view


Or. 343.17 (thom exeg) 1ἢ οὕτω· κατέκλυσε δὲ αὐτόν τις δαίμων, ὥσπερ ἐν λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασι δεινῶν πόνων,  2ὥσπερ κατακλύζει λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς ἐν λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασι πόντου, ἀνατινάξας καὶ ἀνατρέψας τοῦτο.   —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:   Or (paraphrase it) in this way: Some divinity engulfed it, as if in violent destructive waves of terrible sufferings, just as he engulfs the sail of a swift vessel in violent destructive waves of the sea, having violently shaken and overturned this (sail of a ship).

POSITION: sep. from prev. by space Zm, by dot Gu, by small cross Zl

APP. CRIT.:  2 ἀνατρέψας] ἀναταράξας Zl   |    τοῦτον Gu

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 οὕτως Zl   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.115,1–5


Or. 343.18 (rec gloss) ⟨λάβροις⟩: ἐν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 343.19 (recThom gloss) ⟨λάβροις⟩: μεγάλοις  —V3AbMnRZcZaZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 343.20 (moschThom gloss) ⟨λάβροις⟩: σφοδροῖς  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZcZaZlZmT*Aa3CrOxB3d

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx

COLLATION NOTES:   In F, there is a possible trace of a gloss by F2. The trace is above ὀλεθρίοις and looks like a phi, so it may have been σφοδροῖς intended for λάβροις.   |


Or. 343.21 (thom gloss) ⟨ὀλεθρίοις⟩: χαλεποῖς  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 343.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀλεθρίοις⟩: καὶ κακοῖς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 343.23 (tri metr) ⟨ὀλεθρίοις⟩: koine long over epsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 344.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐν κύμασι⟩: κατέκλυσε τὴν ναῦν  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 344.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐν κύμασι⟩: τινάξας τὸ λαῖφος  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 344.03 (tri metr) ⟨κύμασιν⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 344.04 (tri metr) ⟨(κύ)μασιν⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς  —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 345.01 (vet exeg) τίνα γὰρ: 1ἀλγῶ οὖν, φησὶν, τὴν ψυχὴν ὡς ἐπὶ ἰδίοις κακοῖς καὶ συνυποφέρομαι τὴν τύχην.  2τίς γὰρ ἕτερος οἶκός ἐστι σέβεσθαι παρ’ ἡμῶν ἄξιος ἢ οὗτος, ὃς ἐκ θεῶν ἔχει τὴν καταβολήν.  3ἀρχηγὸς γὰρ τῆς γονῆς ὁ Ζεὺς, ὅστις ἐφύτευσε Τάνταλον Πλουτοῖ συνελθών.   —MBCMnPrRbRwSSa, partial (H)OV

TRANSLATION:   Therefore I am pained, the chorus says, as if over personal sufferings and I suffer along with (them, Orestes and Electra) their misfortune. For what other house is worthy to be revered by us compared to this one, which has its origin from the gods? For Zeus is the first origin of their birth, he who begot Tantalus when he had intercourse with Pluto.

LEMMA: M, τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος VCMnRbSSa, lemma τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος οἶκον BPr, τίνα γὰρ πρὸς οἶκον Rw      REF. SYMBOL: HMBVRbSa      POSITION: marg. O

APP. CRIT.:   in H all that survives is the ref. symbol at the text and possible remants of ἰδίοις and σέβεσθαι in the left margin.   |    1–2 ἀλγῶ … καταβολήν om. O   |    1 ἀλγῶ … τύχην om. V   |    οὖν om. BMnPrRbS   |    τὴν ψυχὴν om. BPr   |    ὡς om. PrRw   |    συνυποφέρομαι τὴν τύχην Schw., συναποφέρομαι τὴν ψυχὴν all   |    2 τίνα γὰρ ἕτερον V(ἕτερον corr. to ἕτερος V1)   |    ἕτερος om. PrRw   |    οἶκος ἔστι om. V, add. in blank space V1   |    ἐστι om. BPr   |    παρ’ ἡμῖν V   |    ἄξιος ἢ … ἐκ om. V, ἢ οὕτως ὅτι ἐκ add. in blank space V1   |    ἄξιος BPr, om. others   |    ἢ] ὡς Rw   |    οὗτος] οὕτως Pr   |    ὃς] BPr, ὅτι others   |    ἔχειν M, ἔχων V(ἔχω with ν above ω)   |    καταβολήν] καταμονήν V   |    3 ἀρχηγὸς om. V, add. in blank space V1, ἀρχηγός ἐστι Rw   |    τῆς om. O   |    γονῆς] ζωῆς MnRbSSa   |    ὅστις … ταντάλου om. V, add in blank space V1   |    ὅστις] ὃς BOPr   |    τὸν τάνταλον CRw   |    πλουτοῖ συνελθών om. VMnSSa   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 πλουτοὶ M, πλούτω Rw   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.135,19–22; Dind. II.115,8–12

COMMENT:   Schwartz restored συνυποφερ‑ from Sch. Or. 1.04 συνυποφέρει τῷ ἀδελφῷ τὴν τύχην and the same sense is seen in Maximus Conf. Capita de caritate 3.79 φίλος ἐκεῖνός ἐστι γνήσιος ὁ τὰς ἐκ περιστάσεως θλίψεις καὶ ἀνάγκας καὶ συμφορὰς ἐν καιρῷ πειρασμοῦ συνυποφέρων τῷ πλησίον ὡς ἰδίας ἀθορύβως καὶ ἀταράχως (cf. 4.93). The verb is not common (and some instances in TLG may be corruptions of συναποφερ‑), and the use of the middle here appears to be unique, apparently reinforcing the idea of making the burden one’s own.   |   The note was clearly corrupt or hard to decipher in V’s source, and the variants suggest other difficulties from a corrupt tradition. Possibly the majority reading ὅτι (2) is right and BPr’s ὃς a rewriting. Certainly, their omission of τὴν ψυχὴν early in the first sentence is best understood as an intervention to remove repetition after τύχην became ψυχήν, since ἀλγῶ τὴν ψυχήν is well attested in scholia and elsewhere. On the same lines, BPr’s ἄξιος could simply be a repair of a lost word of different appearance.   |   Schwartz noted of the first sentence ‘referenda sunt ad vs. 339’ (i.e., κατολοφύρομαι κατολοφύρομαι). I do not know whether he intended to say the words were originally a note on 339. The periphrasis offered here shares the view of the next note that this passage carries on the thought of 339.


Or. 345.02 (vet exeg) 1πρὸς τὰ ἄνω.  2πρὸς τὸ [339] ‘κατολοφύρομαι’ τὸ ‘τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος’.   —HMBC

TRANSLATION:   (Uttered) with reference to the passage above. The phrase ‘for which in preference’ (has its causal meaning) in reference to ‘I lament’.

POSITION: marg. H, s.l. MC, intermarg. B (beside 342; also wrote first three words at 345, but erased them)

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἄνω Schw. (after Dindorf), ἄνω κακά· τοῦτέστιν HB, ἄνω κακά C, ἄνω καὶ κατα κάτω M   |    κατολοφύρομαι Schw. (after Dindorf, sch. Mosch.), ὀλοφύρομαι MBH, ὁλοφυρόμενον C   |    second τὸ H (suppl. Schw.), om. MBC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.135,23–24; Dind. II.115,13


Or. 345.03 (mosch exeg) τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος: πρὸς τὸ [339] ‘κατολοφύρομαι’ ἀποδίδοται  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   (This clause of explanation) refers back to ‘I lament’.

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπὸ δοτικῆς G   |   τὸ τίνα add. T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.115,13–14


Or. 345.04 (rec exeg) ⟨τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος⟩: ἀλγῶ ὡς ἐπὶ ἰδίῳ κακῷ  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 345.05 (rec gloss) ⟨τίνα⟩: ποῖον  —CrPrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ποῖος Ox


Or. 345.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔτι⟩: ἢ νῦν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l. (above πάρος)


Or. 345.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔτι⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 345.08 (rec gloss) ⟨πάρος⟩: πρὶν  —MnRS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 345.09 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨πάρος⟩: πρότερον  —AbCrMnSSarXXaXbXoYGZc ZZlZmTGuOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrZcOx


Or. 345.10 (rec gloss) ⟨πάρος⟩: κατὰ προτίμησιν  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 345.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάρος⟩: ἐν προτιμήσει  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 345.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάρος⟩: ἔμπροσθεν  —V3Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 345.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάρος⟩: πρὸ τούτου  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 345.14 (rec gloss) ⟨πάρος⟩: τῶν πρὶν ὄντων  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 345.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἶκον ἄλλον⟩: μετὰ ταῦτα  —Y

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 345.16 (345–346) (rec exeg) ⟨ἄλλον ἕτερον ἢ⟩: μόνον  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 345.17 (345–346) (tri exeg) ⟨ἄλλον ἕτερον⟩: ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ ἄλλον ἕτερον.  —T

TRANSLATION:  ‘Other another’ is ‘in parallel’ (a pleonastic pairing of synonyms).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  ἐκ παραλλήλου


Or. 345.18 (345–346) (mosch exeg) ⟨ἄλλον⟩: γρ. ἕτερον.  —Xo

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘allon’, ‘other’), the reading ‘heteron’ (‘another’) is found.

LEMMA: ἕτερον om. in text Xo      POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 346.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἢ⟩: παρὸ  —AaAbGMnRSZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Zu


Or. 346.02 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸν ἀπὸ θεογόνων⟩: τὸν οἶκον τὸν ὄντα  —AbMnRSSar

LEMMA: τῶν ἀπὸ θ. in text Sa      POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  τὸν om. Aa   |    τὸν ὄντα om. AaS

APP. CRIT. 2:   οἶκτον S   |


Or. 346.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν ἀπὸ θεογόνων⟩: ἤγουν τὸν ἐκ τοῦ Διὸς  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 346.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨τὸν ἀπὸ⟩: τὸν καταγόμενον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  τὸν om. XaXoYYfGr   |    καταγομένων s.l. Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.115,15


Or. 346.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸν ἀπὸ⟩: κατερχόμενον  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 346.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τὸν ἀπὸ⟩: τὸν ὑπάρχοντα  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 346.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπὸ θεογόνων⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν θείων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  water damage, hand might be F, not F2


Or. 346.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεογόνων γάμων⟩: θεογόνων γάμων λέγει τὴν Ἀγαμεμνόνειον γενεὰν· ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ Ταντάλου κατήγοντο.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 346.09 (pllgn diagr) ⟨θεογόνων γάμων⟩: Πλουτοῦς καὶ Διὸς, ἢ Τμώλου ἄλλοι λέγουσι, with line down from Πλουτοῦς to Τάνταλος  —F

POSITION: marg.


Or. 346.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεογόνων γάμων⟩: ἤτοι τοῦ Ταντάλου· ὁ γὰρ Τάνταλος ἀπὸ τοῦ Διὸς εἶχε τὸ γένος.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 346.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεογόνων γάμων⟩: Τμώλου καὶ Πλουτοῦς ὁ Τάνταλος  —Vrec

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   τμόλου Vrec   |


Or. 346.12 (tri metr) ⟨θεο(γόνων)⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς  —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 346.13 (rec gloss) ⟨γάμων⟩: ἀπὸ  —Aa3Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 347.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῶν ἀπὸ Ταντάλου⟩: ὅτι υἱὸς τοῦ Διὸς ὁ Τάνταλος  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 347.02 (rec gloss) ⟨τῶν ἀπὸ Ταντάλου⟩: τῶν καταγομένων  —AbMnRSar

LEMMA: τῶν ἀπὸ ταντ. in text Aa (also τῶν s.l. Pr)      POSITION: s.l. except marg. R


Or. 347.03 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸν ἀπὸ Ταντάλου⟩: τὸν καταγόμενον  —AaPr, perhaps H4

LEMMA: τῶν ἀπὸ ταντ. in text Aa      POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES:   For H Daitz reports here τ̣ανʹʹ, but I see the traces as [κ]α̣τ̣αγ̣ό̣[μενον]. Check new image of H when available.   |


Or. 347.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν ἀπὸ Ταντάλου⟩: [(?)ὁ Τάνταλ]ο[ς] ἦν υἱὸς τοῦ Διὸς.  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 347.05 (rec gloss) ⟨τὸν⟩: λείπει οἶκον  —Pr

POSITION: marg.


Or. 347.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨τὸν⟩: λέγω  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 347.07 (recTri gloss) ⟨σέβεσθαι⟩: τιμᾶν  —Aa2AbCrF2MnPrRSarOxXo2T

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 347.08 (rec gloss) ⟨χρή⟩: ἔπρεπεν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 347.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨χρή⟩: πρέπει  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 347.10 (tri metr) coronis  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 348.01 (348–355) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: καὶ μὴν βασιλεὺς: 1τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπωδὸς ὡς ἄν τις ἴσως οἰηθείη διὰ τὸ κεῖσθαι μετὰ τὴν στροφὴν καὶ ἀντιστροφὴν, ἀλλὰ καλεῖτα σύστημα ἐπιφθεγματικὸν ὡς προσφθεγγόμενον τὸν Μενέλαον προσιόντα.  2αἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐπωδοὶ οὐκ εἰσὶ μονοειδοῦς μέτρου ἀλλὰ διαφόρων, τοῦτο δὲ μονοειδοῦς·  3κώλων γάρ ἐστιν ἀναπαιστικῶν ηʹ, ὧν τὸ τρίτον καὶ τὸ ϛʹ μονόμετρα, ἤτοι ἀναπαιστικὴ βάσις.  4τὰ λοιπὰ δίμετρα ἀκατάληκτα, τὸ δὲ ηʹ καταληκτικὸν ἤτοι ἑφθημιμερὲς ὃ καλεῖται παροιμιακόν.  5ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει μόνη παράγραφος.   —T

1348 ‒ ‒⏑⏑‒,⏑⏑‒ ‒ ‒
καὶ μὴν βασιλεὺς ὅδε δὴ στείχει
2349 ⏑⏑‒⏑⏑‒,‒⏑⏑⏑⏑‒
Μενέλαος ἄναξ, πολλῇ ἁβροσύνηι,
3350 ‒⏑⏑‒ ‒
δῆλος ὁρᾶσθαι
4351 ‒ ‒⏑⏑‒,‒ ‒⏑⏑‒
τῶν Τανταλιδῶν ἐξ αἵματος ὤν.
5352 ‒ ‒⏑⏑‒,⏑⏑‒ ‒ ‒
ὦ χιλιόναυν στρατὸν ὁρμήσας
6353 ‒ ‒⏑⏑‒
εἰς γῆν Ἀσίαν,
7354 ‒ ‒⏑⏑‒,‒⏑⏑‒ ‒
χαῖρ’· εὐτυχίᾳ δ’ αὐτὸς ὁμιλεῖς,
8355 ⏑⏑‒ ‒ ‒,⏑⏑‒ ‒
θεόθεν πράξας ἅπερ ηὔχου.

TRANSLATION:   This is not an epode, as one might perhaps believe because it is placed after the strophe and antistrophe. Rather, it is called an epiphthegmatic system since it addresses Menelaus as he approaches. For epodes are not formed of a meter of a single type but of different types, whereas this one has a single type. For it consists of eight anapaestic cola, of which the third and sixth are monometers, or an anapaestic base. The rest are acatalectic dimeters, but the eighth is catalectic, or the three-and-a-half-foot measure that is called paroemiac. At the end a sole paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.13,24–31; de Fav. 53

COMMENT:   On the term σύστημα ἐπιφθεγματικόν see Smith 1075, 206 n. 82. It is found many times in the Triclinian scholia on Aeschylus, but not in extant texts by anyone else.


Or. 348.02 (348–355) (tri metr) σύστημα ἐπιφθεγματικὸν κώλων ηʹ  —T

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 348.03 (vet exeg) καὶ μὴν βασιλεύς: ἐν τοῖς τέλεσιν εἰώθασιν οἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ μεταλλάττειν φεύγοντες τὴν μονῳδίαν τοῦ λόγου.  —MBaBbVCPr

TRANSLATION:   At the ends (of choral odes) the chorus members are accustomed to make a shift, avoiding (the use of) a monotonous delivery of their speech.

LEMMA: BaV, καὶ μὴν ὅδε βασιλεύς Pr      REF. SYMBOL: BaV      POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. BbC

APP. CRIT.:   τέλεσιν om. V, leaving blank   |    οἱ ἀπὸ] τί κατὰ V   |    μεταλλάττειν] πλάττειν τι V   |    φεύγ. … λόγου om. MBaPr   |    λόγου] λέγειν V

APP. CRIT. 2:   μεταλάττειν MBaBbC   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,1–2 ; Dind. II.115,16–17

COMMENT:   For μονῳδία as ‘monotony’, a sense omitted by dictionaries, see Plut. Mor. 7C μονῳδία γὰρ ἐν ἅπασίν ἐστι πλήσμιον καὶ πρόσαντες, ἡ δὲ ποικιλία τερπνόν, καθάπερ κἀν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν, οἷον ἀκούσμασιν ἢ θεάμασιν (where Babbitt in the Loeb translation appropriately renders with ‘monotony’).


Or. 348.04 (vet paraphr) καὶ μὴν βασιλεύς: 1τὸ ἑξῆς καὶ μὴν βασιλεὺς ὅδε δὴ στείχει Μενέλαος ἄναξ,  2τῶν Τανταλιδῶν ἐξ αἵματος ὤν, πολλῇ δ’ ἁβροσύνῃ δῆλος ὁρᾶσθαι.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   The run of the sense (with the word order simplified) is: And, behold, here comes the king, lord Menelaus, being of the blood of the Tantalids, and conspicuous to see with much luxurious glamor.

LEMMA: MC, καὶ μὴν βασιλεὺς ὧδε στείχει Rw      POSITION: cont. from prev. BPr, add. δὲ

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἑξῆς … στείχει om. Rw   |    ὅδε] ὧδε C, ὦδε M   |    δὴ om. MCPr   |    2 πολλὴ MC (with ἁβροσύνη), πολὺ B, πολὺς Rw

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐξῆς M   |   2 πολλή δ’ C   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,3–5; Dind. II.115,17–19


Or. 348.05 (rec gloss) [ 3–4 ]ως ἀφε/[τ]ήριον  —K

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT:   Damaged and uncertain, but perhaps ‘the starting-point of [something]’ if ως is the ending of a genitive singular noun.


Or. 348.06 (rec gloss) ⟨μὴν⟩: δὴ  —AbR

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 348.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μὴν⟩: ἤδη  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 348.08 (rec artGloss) ⟨βασιλεὺς⟩:  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 348.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ὧδε⟩: δεῦρο  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 348.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ὧδε⟩: καὶ ἐνταῦθα  —CrSOxZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. Zl


Or. 348.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅδε⟩: γρ. ὧδε.  —SarXo

LEMMA: ὅτε in text Sa      POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   γρ. om. Xo

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 348.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅδε⟩: οὗτος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 348.13 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨στείχει⟩: ἔρχεται  —AbCrF2MnPrRSSarOxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZlZmT

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx


Or. 348.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στείχει⟩: καὶ πορεύεται  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 348.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨στείχει⟩: ἔρχεται διὰ τοῦ ποδὸς, ποδί  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἔρχεται of Gr (348.13) reused by Gu


Or. 349.01 (tri exeg) ⟨Μενέλαος ἄναξ⟩: ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ βασιλεὺς ἄναξ.  —T

TRANSLATION:  ‘King lord’ is ‘in parallel’ (a pleonastic pairing of synonyms).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  ἐκ παραλλήλου


Or. 349.02 (rec artGloss) ⟨Μενέλαος⟩:  —AbOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 349.03 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαος⟩: long mark over alpha  —T


Or. 349.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄναξ⟩: ὁ βασιλεὺς  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 349.05 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἄναξ⟩:  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 349.06 (349–350) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πολλῇ δ’ ἁβροσύνῃ δῆλος ὁρᾶται⟩: ὁρᾶται δῆλος ἐν πολλῇ ἁβροσίᾳ.  —Lp

LEMMA: this in text Lp      POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,3

COMMENT:   This is the only attestation known so far for ἀβροσία, a formation that is contrary to analogy. It may have arisen from a misunderstanding of a truncated form of ἀβροσύνῃ, which is the word one would expect in a paraphrase that simply rearranges the word order.

KEYWORDS:  rare word


Or. 349.07 (rec gloss) ⟨πολλῇ δ’ ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: πολλῇ δόξῃ  —V

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 349.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πολλῇ δ’ ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: διὰ τῆς πολλῆς δὲ ἁβροσύνης ἤγουν τρυφερότητος  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X and marg. Yf

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς om. G   |    δὲ] ἐξ X, om. TG (δ’ om. in text T)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.115,22–23


Or. 349.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πολλῇ δ’ ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: βασιλικῷ μεγέθει  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.115,23


Or. 349.10 (rec exeg) ⟨πολλῇ⟩: πολὺς  —V3Rw

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 349.11 (thom gloss) ⟨πολλῇ⟩: ἐν  —ZZaZmTF

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 349.12 (tri metr) ⟨πολλῇ⟩: koine short over eta  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 349.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δ’⟩: γρ. γ’  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 349.14 (vet exeg) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: τῇ τρυφῇ τοῦ βαδίσματος ἢ τῆς ὄψεως  —MVC, app. H

TRANSLATION:   With luxuriance of walk or of appearance.

POSITION: s.l. MVC (in M above whole line); punct. after τρυφῇ as if two notes V

APP. CRIT.:   only σμα survives in trimmed margin of H

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,7; Dind. II.116,1–2


Or. 349.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: πλούτῳ  —V

POSITION: s.l. (prep. to 349.14)


Or. 349.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: λαμπρότητι  —AaAbFMnPrRSSarZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S


Or. 349.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: πλουσιότητι  —RfZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   πλουσιώτητι Zu   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,2


Or. 349.18 (thom exeg) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: τρυφῇ ἱματίων καὶ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν ἀκολούθων  —ZZaZlZmTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:   With luxuriance of garments and of the attendants accompanying him.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τρυφῆς Za   |    καὶ τῶν κτλ om. Ox2

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,1


Or. 349.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: τρυφῇ  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 349.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: τρυφερότητι  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 349.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: καὶ περιουσίᾳ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 349.22 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: ἔστι καὶ ἁβροσύνη ὅταν τις καὶ φιλοτίμως ἐστόλισται.  —GK

TRANSLATION:  It is in fact a (mark of) luxury whenever one has attired oneself lavishly.

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 350.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨δῆλος ὁρᾶσθαι⟩: φανερὸς ὑπάρχει εἰς τὸ ὁρᾶσθαι  —AbKMnPrRSSar

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ὑπάρχων S, ὑπάρχ() Ab, ἐστὶ RK   |    εἰς τὸ ὁρᾶσθαι transp. before φανερός ἐστι K   |    ὁρᾶσθαι om. R


Or. 350.02 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨δῆλος⟩: φανερὸς  —CrOxF2GXo2TZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ἐστι add. G


Or. 350.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δῆλος⟩: ἐπίδηλος  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 350.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁρᾶσθαι⟩: ὥστε  —V, perhaps H

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES:   I read H as having ῞̣σ̣τ̣ with raised epsilon; Daitz interprets it as ῾̣σ̣η̣. Check new image of H when available.


Or. 350.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρᾶσθαι⟩: γνωρίζεσθαι  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 350.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρᾶσθαι⟩: βλέπεσθαι  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 350.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρᾶσθαι⟩: φαίνεσθαι  —AaF2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 350.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὁρᾶται⟩: ὁρᾶσθαι  —Gu

LEMMA: ὁρᾶται in text Gr      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 350.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρᾶται⟩: φαίνεται  —Xo2

LEMMA: ὁρᾶται in text Xo      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 351.01 (vet exeg) τῶν Τανταλιδῶν ἐξ αἵματος ὤν: ὅ ἐστι διὰ τῆς ὄψεως ἐμφαίνει τὴν εὐγένειαν.  —MBOVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   That is, through his appearance he indicates indirectly his noble birth.

LEMMA: BC, δῆλος ὁρᾶσθαι πολὺ δ’ ἁβροσύνη V      REF. SYMBOL: V (at δῆλος, in prev. line)      POSITION: s.l. MO (above ὁρᾶσθαι in prev. line O); cont. from 348.04 PrRw

APP. CRIT.:   ὅ ἐστι] ἤτοι O   |    after ἐστι add. πολὺ δ’ ἁβρότατος ἰδεῖν καὶ V   |    διὰ om. Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,6; Dind. II.115,20


Or. 351.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τῶν Τανταλιδῶν⟩: τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ταντάλου  —XXaXbXoYYfGrF2

POSITION: s.l. except X


Or. 351.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τῶν Τανταλιδῶν⟩: τῶν τοῦ γένους τοῦ Ταντάλου  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 351.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῶν Τανταλιδῶν⟩: ἀπόγονον  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 351.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐξ αἵματος⟩: ἐκ τοῦ γένους  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrCrF2OxZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ἐκ τοῦ om. CrF2OxZu


Or. 351.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὤν⟩: καὶ ὑπάρχων  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 352.01 (vetThom exeg) ὦ χιλιόναυν στρατὸν ὁρμήσας: δι’ ὧν δοκεῖ αὐτὸν ἐπαινεῖν, διὰ τούτων λυπεῖ ἀναμιμνήσκουσα τῶν ἀπολομένων ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ.  —HMBVCMnPrRbRwaRwbSSaZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:   Through the words with which (the chorus) seems to praise him, through these they pain him by reminding him of those killed at Troy.

LEMMA: MC, ἄλλως: ὦ χιλιόναυν B; ἄλλως Rwa, εἰς γῆν ἀσίαν MnPrRbS      REF. SYMBOL: (at χιλιόναυν) MZmZlGu, (at 353 εἰς γῆν)PrRb      POSITION: beside 353–354 εἰς γῆν … εὐτυχίᾳ H; cont. from 352.02 B, cont. from or follows 352.03 VMnPrRbRwbSSa

APP. CRIT.:   δι’ … ἐπαινεῖν om. Sa   |    between ὧν and δοκεῖ a line drawn of ca. 10 letters width V   |    ἐπαινεῖν] τιμᾶν H   |    τούτων λυπεῖ] τὰ τῶν λυπηρῶν Rwa   |    διὰ τοῦτο Rb, διὰ τοῦτο δὲ Rwb   |    μιμνήσκουσα M   |    τῶν ἀπολομένων Rb, τοὺς ἀπολλυμένους Rwb, τῶν ἀπολλυμένων others (ἀπολυ‑ V, ἀπωλλυ‑ Gu, ἀπολλύμενον Mn)   |    ἐν τροίᾳ Rwa, εἰς τὴν τροίαν VRwb, εἰς τροίαν MnPrRbSSaZlGu   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   διὧν BRwaRwb   |    διατούτων MMn   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,8–10; Dind. II.116,6–8


Or. 352.02 (vet exeg) ὦ χιλιόναυν στρατὸν: 1ἀπὸ τούτων αὐτὸν ἐγκωμιάζει, ἀφ’ ὧν ἐμεγαλύνετο.  2τῷ δὲ ἀπηρτισμένῳ ἀριθμῷ ἐχρήσατο· τοσαῦται γὰρ ἦσαν αἱ νῆες τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ͵α̅ρ̅π̅ϛ̅.   —(H)MBC

TRANSLATION:   (The chorus) praises him on the basis of those deeds on which he prided himself. He (the poet) (or it, the chorus) used the rounded number, for the ships of the Greeks (at Troy) were this many: 1,186.

LEMMA: B, 353 εἰς γὴν ἀσίαν MC      REF. SYMBOL: M(to 353 εἰς γῆν)B      POSITION: precedes 352.01 B

APP. CRIT.:   H mostly lost, but [τοσαῦτ]αι γὰρ suggests it had this version, not 352.03   |    2 ἐχρήσατο ἀριθμῷ transp. B   |    χίλιαι πρὸς ρ̅ π̅ ϛ̅ B

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀφῶν M, ἀφὧν B   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,11–13; Dind. II.


Or. 352.03 (rec exeg) ὦ χιλιόναυν: 1ἀπὸ τούτων αὐτὸν ἐγκωμιάζει, ἀφ’ ὧν ἐσεμνύνετο.  2τῷ ἀπηρτισμένῳ δὲ ἀριθμῷ ἐχρήσατο· ἦσαν γὰρ αἱ νῆες τῶν Ἑλλήνων ͵α̅ρ̅π̅ϛ̅.   —VMnPrRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The chorus praises him on the basis of those deeds for which he prided himself. He used the rounded number, for the ships of the Greeks were 1,186.

LEMMA: all except Ra (‑ναυ RbMnS; χιόναυν a.c. Rw)      REF. SYMBOL: VPrRbSa      POSITION: precedes 352.01 VPrRbSSaMn; follows 356.02 Rw; cont. from 352.08, add. δὲ, Ra

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐγκωμίαζεν ἀφ’ ὧ Sa   |    2 τῶ ἀπαρτισμένω Sa, τῶν ἀπηρτισμένων Rw   |    ϛ̅] VRw, ζ̅ the others

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀφὧν Mn   |   2 εἶσαν Ra   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,11–13 app.; Dind. II.116,4–6 app.


Or. 352.04 (pllgn exeg) ἀποστροφὴ πρὸς τὸν Μενέλαον  —Xo2

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS:  apostrophe; addressee identified


Or. 352.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὦ χιλιόναυν στρατὸν ὁρμήσας⟩: πλῆθος νηῶν ὁρμήσας καὶ στρατὸν πολὺν  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 352.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ χιλιόναυν⟩: ἐγκωμιάζει ὁ χορὸς τὸν Μενέλαον.  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 352.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ὦ χιλιόναυν⟩: Μενέλαε  —AaAbMnPrSRSarGuZlZuOx2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 352.08 (rec exeg) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: ἔχοντα χιλίας καὶ ρ̅ π̅ ζ̅ ναῦς  —Ra

REF. SYMBOL: Ra


Or. 352.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: χίλιαι ἑκατὸν π̅ϛ̅ νῆες ἔπλευσαν πρὸς τὴν Τροίαν, ἐνταῦθα δὲ τῷ ἀπηρτισμένῳ μέτρῳ ἐχρήσατο.  —F

POSITION: marg.


Or. 352.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: χιλίων νηῶν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 352.11 (thom exeg) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: τῷ ἀπηρτισμένῳ ἐχρήσατο ἀριθμῷ. αἱ νῆες γὰρ τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ͵α̅ πρὸς ταῖς ρ̅π̅ζ̅ ἦσαν.  —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:  He used the rounded number, for the ships of the Greeks were 1000 in addition to 186.

REF. SYMBOL: Zm      POSITION: follows sch. 352.01 Zm, cont. from 352.01 ZlGu

APP. CRIT.:  ἐχρήσατο δὲ τῷ ἀπηρτισμένῳ ἀρ. GuZl   |    νῆες om. Zm   |    ͵α̅] χιλίαι GuZl


Or. 352.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: καίτοι γε πλεῖσται ἦσαν αἱ νῆες παρὸ χίλιαι. ὅμως δὲ διὰ τὸ πολὺ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ ἐκάλεσεν οὕτως. οὐ γὰρ εἶχεν ἄλλως εἰπεῖν.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Truly, however, the ships were very many, more than one thousand. But nevertheless because of the large size of the number he described (the expedition) thus. For he could not say it otherwise.


Or. 352.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: πολυάριθμον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 352.14 (tri metr) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: long mark over first iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 352.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁρμήσας⟩: ὁ ποιήσας πλεῦσαι  —H8

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 352.16 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ὁρμήσας⟩: παρορμήσας  —KXXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,12


Or. 352.17 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὁρμήσας⟩: παρακινήσας  —XXbT+YGZc

POSITION: s.l. except X


Or. 352.18 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὁρμήσας⟩: κινήσας  —XaXoTYfGrF2

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from next with ἢ T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,12


Or. 352.19 (thom gloss) ⟨ὁρμίσας⟩: ἐλλιμενίσας  —ZlZmTGu

LEMMA: ὁρμίσας in text ZlZm, ὁρμήσας TGu      POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,13


Or. 352.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὁρμήσας⟩: ὁρμίσας  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 352.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρμίσας⟩: εἰς ὅρμον ἀγαγών  —B3a

LEMMA: ὁρμήσας in text changed to ὁρμίσας by B3a      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 352.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρμήσας⟩: καὶ ἀγαγὼν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 352.23 (rec artGloss) ⟨ὁρμήσας⟩:  —Aa2AbMnSSar

LEMMA: ὁρμίσας in text Aa      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 352.24 (tri metr) ⟨ὁρμήσας⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 353.01 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς γῆν Ἀσίαν⟩: εἰς τὴν Τροίαν  —AbMnPrSSar

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 353.02 (thom exeg) ⟨εἰς γῆν Ἀσίαν⟩: εἰς τὴν ἀνατολὴν ἢ εἰς τὴν Τροίαν  —ZZa

TRANSLATION:  (‘To the land Asia’ means) ‘to the east’ or ‘to Troy’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  first εἰς τὴν om. Z   |    ἤτοι Z


Or. 353.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰς γῆν Ἀσίαν⟩: κατὰ τὴν Τροίαν  —Zc

TRANSLATION:  (‘To the land Asia’ means) ‘in Troy’.

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 353.04 (vet exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: νεώτερον τὸ τῆς Ἀσίας ὄνομα.  —BVCMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The name Asia is more recent (i.e., not used by Homer).

POSITION: marg. B, intermarg. C; cont. from 352.01, add. δὲ, others (from Rwb version Rw) except Rb

APP. CRIT. 2:   νεωτὰς Sa   |    ἁσίας Rw   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,14; Dind. II.116,15


Or. 353.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: ἀνατολὴν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 353.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: Ἀσιανήν, τὴν Τροίαν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘Asia’ is to be taken as adjectival,) ‘Asian’, (‘Asian land’ thus meaning) ‘Troy’.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. XXoYf   |    ἀθανασίαν a.c. Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,14


Or. 353.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: Ἀσίαν νῦν τὴν Τροίαν  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 353.08 (thom exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: ἐν γὰρ τῇ Ἀσίᾳ ἡ Τροία.  —ZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Asia’) because Troy is in Asia.

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 353.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: ἀνατολικήν. ἔστι δὲ τὸ ἁπλοῦν ἀντὶ κτητικοῦ οἷον ἐστὶ καὶ τὸ [Aesch. Pers. 2] ‘Ἑλλάδ’ ἐς αἶαν’.  —Zm

TRANSLATION:   (‘Asia’ is here adjectival in meaning) ‘of the east’. It is an instance of the simple noun used instead of the (derived) possessive adjective, such as also in (Aeschylus’) phrase ‘to the Grecian land’.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)


Or. 353.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: τὴν ἀνατολικήν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 353.11 (rec diagr) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: circle divided in halves by horizontal diameter, Ἀσία in upper half; lower half divided by vertical radius, eith Εὐρώπ(η) in left quarter, Λιβύη in right  —Ab

POSITION: marg.


Or. 354.01 (vet exeg) εὐτυχίᾳ δ’ αὐτὸς ὁμιλεῖς: σὺ, φησὶν, οὐ μετέχεις τῆς δυστυχίας τῶν Τανταλιδῶν.  —MBVCK

TRANSLATION:   You, (the chorus) says, do not share in the misfortune of the Tantalids.

LEMMA: χαίρ’ εὐτυχία C      REF. SYMBOL: M (at χαῖρ’)      POSITION: s.l. VK (K above 350 τῶν ταντ. ἐξ αἱμ.), intermarg. M, marg. B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,15; Dind. II.116,11


Or. 354.02 (rec exeg) ⟨εὐτυχίᾳ δ’ αὐτὸς ὁμιλεῖς⟩: σὺ μὲν οὐ μετέχεις τῆς δυστυχίας τῶν Τανταλιδῶν, ὁ δὲ Ὀρέστης δυστυχεῖ.  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 354.03 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐτυχίᾳ … ὁμιλεῖς⟩: εὐτυχεῖς  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 354.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὐτυχίᾳ⟩: εὐδαιμονίᾳ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 354.05 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐτυχίᾳ⟩: ἐν  —AbFXo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 354.06 (tri metr) ⟨εὐτυχίᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 354.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δ’⟩: γὰρ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l. (gloss repeated above ὁμιλεῖς Aa)


Or. 354.08 (rec gloss) ⟨αὐτὸς⟩: μόνος  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 354.09 (rec gloss) ⟨αὐτὸς⟩: σύ  —AaAb

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 354.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁμιλεῖς⟩: συνυπάρχεις  —AbMnPrRSSar

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  σὺ ὑπάρχεις R


Or. 354.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁμιλεῖς⟩: διάγεις  —H4V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 354.12 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ὁμιλεῖς⟩: συνδιάγεις  —KXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,16


Or. 354.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁμιλεῖς⟩: διαλέγῃ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 354.14 (tri metr) ⟨ὁμιλεῖς⟩: long mark over iota  —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 355.01 (vet exeg) θεόθεν πράξας ἅπερ ηὔχου: 1τὸν γὰρ πόλεμον κατορθώσας ἔλαβε τὴν Ἑλένην.  2σὺ μὲν οὖν, φησὶν, εὐτυχῶς ἀπηλλάχθης, ὁ δὲ Ὀρέστης δυστυχεῖ.   —(H)MaMbBCaCbVPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   (Menelaus had success) because, having succeeded in the war, he captured Helen. You, then, (the chorus) says, ended up with good fortune, but Orestes suffers misfortune.

LEMMA: MaC, θεόθεν πράξας VMnPrRbSSa      REF. SYMBOL: MaVRb      POSITION: s.l. Mb; 1 intermarg., 2 s.l. at 354 Cb; follows 353.04 Sa, cont. from 352.01 B

APP. CRIT.:   only small traces survive in H   |    τὸ δὲ θεόθεν πράξας ἅπερ ηὔχου προσέθηκεν ἐπειδὴ prep. B   |    1 τὸν … ἑλένην om. Mb   |    τὸν γὰρ] γὰρ τὸν transp. S, τὸν B   |    2 μὲν οὖν om. Cb, οὖν om. BSa   |    ἀπηλάχθαι Mb   |    ὁ δὲ δυστυχῶς (om. ὀρ.) MbCbV ([ … δυστυχ]εῖ H)   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀπηλάγχθης MaRb, ἀπηλλέχθης Sa   |   ρέ(στης) Rb   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,16–18; Dind. II.116,8–10


Or. 355.02 (mosch paraphr) ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ τελέσας ἅπερ δι’ εὐχῆς ἐποιοῦ.  —X


Or. 355.03 (thom paraphr) ἤγουν τῇ τῶν θεῶν βοηθείᾳ τὴν σὴν λαβὼν ξυνάορον  —ZZa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 355.04 (recMosch gloss) ⟨θεόθεν⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ  —SXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcF2Zl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. S   |    τοῦ om. TF2Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,17


Or. 355.05 (rec gloss) ⟨πράξας ἅπερ ηὔχου⟩: νικήσας  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 355.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨πράξας⟩: τελέσας  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcF2Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  τελεὶς Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,17


Or. 355.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πράξας⟩: κατώρθωσας  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 355.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πράξας⟩: καὶ ποιήσας  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 355.09 (tri metr) ⟨πράξας⟩: long mark over second alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 355.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ἅπερ ηὔχου⟩: τὴν ἑλένην ἔλαβες.  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 355.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨εὔχου⟩: δι’ εὐχῆς ἐποιοῦ  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,17–18


Or. 355.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ηὔχου⟩: ἐπεθύμεις  —MnSarZl

POSITION: s.l. (follows next with καὶ linking Mn)


Or. 355.13 (rec gloss) ⟨εὔχου⟩: ὠρέγου  —Mn

POSITION: s.l. (follows next with καὶ linking)

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὀρέγου Mn   |

COLLATION NOTES:   Lighter on image, possibly rubricator, check original Mn.   |


Or. 355.14 (rec gloss) ⟨εὔχου⟩: ἤθελες  —F2MnZl

POSITION: s.l. (precedes prev. Mn)

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Mn   |    perhaps ἔθελες Mn (first letter tiny, ambig.)


Or. 355.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὔχου⟩: ἐπαρεκάλεις  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage


Or. 355.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εὔχου⟩: ηὔχου  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 355.17 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T


Or. 356.01 (356–728) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: ὦ δῶμα τῇ μέν σε: 1αἱ ἑξῆς αὗται περίοδοι στίχων εἰσὶ τριμέτρων ἀκαταλήκτων τοαʹ [=371], ὧν τελευταῖος [728] ‘κρείσσων γαλήνης ναυτίλοισιν εἰσορᾶν’.  2ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀποθέσεσι παράγραφος, ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τέλει κορωνίς.   —T

TRANSLATION:   The following groups of lines [356–728] consist of 371 acatalectic (iambic) trimeters, of which the last is ‘better to see than a calm sea for sailors’. At the sense-divisions a paragraphos, and at the end a coronis.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.13,32–14,2; de Fav. 53

COMMENT:   The count of lines is correct. 356–728 is only 371 lines because numbers 499 and 719 are skipped in the modern conventional numeration.


Or. 356.02 (vet exeg) ὦ δῶμα: 1ἀπὸ πρώτης παρόδου σημειοῦται τὸ κακόηθες τῆς γνώμης Μενελάου.  2καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ εἰς Σπάρτην ἀνήχθη, ἀλλὰ πρότερον εἰς Ἄργος ὡς ἐξελάσων Ὀρέστην, ὡς ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς δῆλός ἐστι.  3καίτοι παρὰ τῷ ποιητῇ εὑρίσκεται τῶν πάλαι πολεμίων φειδόμενος·  4ἐν γὰρ τῇ Ζ ῥαψῳδίᾳ [Hom. Il. 6.37–65] κωμῳδεῖται συγχωρῶν ζῆν τὸν Ἄδραστον δόσιν χρημάτων ἐπαγγελλόμενον.   —MBVCRw, partial H

TRANSLATION:   From his first entrance, the malice of Menelaus’ attitude is marked as noteworthy. For he did not even land his vessel at Sparta, but first moored at Argos in order to drive Orestes out, as is clear about him in what follows. And yet in the poet (Homer) he is found to be one who spares even his longtime enemies. For in Book 6 (of the Iliad) he is mocked for granting life to Adrastus when the latter was promising a payment of money.

LEMMA: MB, ὦ δῶμα τῆ μὲν σ’ ἡδέως C, 357 τροίαθεν ἐλθὼν V, ἄλλως Rw      REF. SYMBOL: HMBV      POSITION: follows 352.01 Rw

APP. CRIT.:   only line ends extant in H   |    1 ἀπὸ τῆς πρ. V [H]   |    πρώτου προόδου Rw   |    2 οὐδὲ … πρότερον] πρότερον οὐκ εἰς σπάρτην κατήχθη ἀλλ’ V   |    οὐδὲ written twice C   |    σπάρτην] πράπειν M   |    ἀνηνέχθη M   |    πρότερος MC   |    εἰς τὸ ἄργος Rw   |    first ὡς om. MCRw   |    after ὀρέστην add. τῶν οἴκων V   |    second ὡς] ὡς καὶ BV   |    ἔσται Rw   |    3–4 καίτοι κτλ om. H   |    3 καίτοι] καὶ MVCRw   |    παρὰ … φειδόμενος] παρ’ ὁμήρῳ VRw   |    παρὰ … εὑρίσκεται om. B   |    παρὰ τὸ (abbrev.) M   |    εὑρίσκεται τῶν] ἔρις τοῦτον M [not τούτου as Schw.]   |    4 γὰρ om. VRw   |    κωμωδεῖται παρὰ τῷ ποιητῇ B   |    ζῆν om. MC   |    ἄδραστον] ἄνδρα τὸν V, ἀνδρ() τὸν Rw   |    ἐπαγγειλάμενον C

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἐξῆς M   |    ἐστὶν M   |    4 Ζ] ἑβδόμῃ C   |    ἐπαγγελόμενον MVRw   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,19–137,2; Dind. II.117,18–23

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)


Or. 356.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ δῶμα⟩: οὐ πρὸς Σπάρτην ἀνήχθη ἀλλὰ πρότερον εἰς Ἄργος ὡς ἐξελάσων Ὀρέστην.  —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:  Menelaus did land his vessel at Sparta, but first at Argos, intending to drive Orestes into exile.

REF. SYMBOL: Zm      POSITION: beside 361 Gu, beside 351–352 Zl

APP. CRIT.:  ὡς om. ZlGu


Or. 356.04 (rec paraphr) ὦ οἴκημα καὶ ἡμετέρα γῆ πότε σε καλῶς προσόψομαι;  —Rf


Or. 356.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὦ δῶμα⟩: καὶ ὦ οἴκημα  —Aa2CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ ὦ om. As2


Or. 356.06 (vet exeg) ⟨τῇ μέν⟩: τῇ μὲν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν μέρει  —B

TRANSLATION:   ‘In this respect’ is used for ‘in part’.

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.117,23


Or. 356.07 (rec exeg) ⟨τῆδε μὲν⟩: κατά τι  —O

LEMMA: τῆδε μὲν in text O      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 356.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨τῇ μὲν⟩: τῇ μὲν ἑτέρᾳ μερίδι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

TRANSLATION:  (‘In this respect’ is used for) ‘in one part (of two)’.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT. 2:   μερήδι Aa2   |


Or. 356.09 (rec exeg) ⟨πῆ μὲν⟩: ἐνταῦθα ἐν τῷ ἑνὶ μέρει  —GK

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 356.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῆ μὲν⟩: ἀναμέρος  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 356.11 (rec exeg) ⟨τῇ⟩: γρ. πῆ  —AbRa1Ra2SGu

LEMMA: πῆ in text Ab      POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ra2

APP. CRIT.:  γρ. Ra2, om. others

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 356.12 (rec exeg) ⟨τῇ⟩: ποτὲ  —V1AbRSB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   μὲν add. AbR


Or. 356.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: ποῦ  —V3

LEMMA: in text πῆ by V2      POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   In this and the next scholion the gloss may be meant to be indefinite, our που and πως; but note the interrogative interpretation in 356.04.


Or. 356.14 (recThom exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: πῶς  —GMnZZaZlZmTGu

LEMMA: τῇ in text TGu      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 356.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: τῇ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 356.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡδέως⟩: γλυκερῶς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 356.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡδέως⟩: εὐφραντῶς  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 356.18 (rec gloss) ⟨προσδέρκομαι⟩: προσβλέπω σε  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 356.19 (recThom gloss) ⟨προσδέρκομαι⟩: βλέπω  —AbCrMnPrSarZaZlB4Ox

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   I mark this as Thoman because the gloss may have been in Z as well; in Z 356 is the first line of its page, and glosses on first lines have often been washed out.


Or. 356.20 (mosch gloss) ⟨προσδέρκομαι⟩: πρὸς σὲ βλέπω  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 356.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσδέρκομαι⟩: προσορῶ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 356.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσδέρκομαι⟩: καὶ βλέπομαι  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 356.23 (rec paraphr) ⟨προσδέρκομαι⟩: καθορῶ †καταλάβει† νῦν πρός σε  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  app. καθορῶ by corr. (from καθωρᾶ?) Mn (but rho is not clear)   |    corruption of καταβλέπω? ει written over or corrected to ω?


Or. 357.01 (thom gloss) ⟨Τροίαθεν⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς Τροίας  —ZZaZlTGuAa2CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Aa2CrOx   |    τῆς om. T


Or. 357.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Τροίαθεν⟩: καὶ ἐκ τῆς Τροίας  —Zc2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 357.03 (rec gloss) ⟨Τροίαθεν⟩: ἀπὸ  —AbB3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 357.04 (recTri metr) ⟨Τροίαθεν⟩: long mark over alpha  —OT


Or. 357.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐλθών⟩: ἐρχόμενος  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ἀρχ‑ Aa2


Or. 357.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐλθών⟩: ἐγὼ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 357.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῆ δ’⟩: τῷ δὲ ἑτέρῳ μέρει  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 357.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: τῇ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 357.09 (rec exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: ποτὲ  —AbRSB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  δὲ add. AbR


Or. 357.10 (rec exeg) ⟨τῇ⟩: γρ. πῆ.  —AbRSGu

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT.:  γρ. om. AbS

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 357.11 (recThom exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: πῶς  —MnPrZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:

LEMMA: ποῖ in text Zl, τῇ TGu      POSITION: s.l. (above πῆ of 357.10 Gu)

COMMENT:   Either this means that πῆ is to be understood adverbially, a typical us of πῶς, or despite its accent πῶς is intended to be the indefinite, ‘in some way’ (perhaps disagreeing with the view in 357.09 that ‘at some time’ is a suitable gloss).


Or. 357.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἰδὼν⟩: βλέπων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 357.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἰδὼν⟩: σὲ  —MnGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 357.14 (thom gloss) ⟨καταστένω⟩: στενάζω  —ZZaZlTGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.117,24


Or. 357.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καταστένω⟩: καταστενάζω  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 357.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καταστένω⟩: λυποῦμαι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 357.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καταστένω⟩: καὶ θρηνῶ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 357.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καταστένω⟩: θλίβομαι  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.117,24


Or. 358.01 (358–359) (rec paraphr) τοῖς κακοῖς κυκλωθεῖσαν σε ὁρῶ, ὡς οὔπω ἄλλον ὑπὸ δυστυχιῶν.  —GK

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ὑπὸ δυστυχιῶν om. K


Or. 358.02 (rec gloss) ⟨κύκλῳ⟩: καθόλου  —V

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 358.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κύκλῳ⟩: γύρῳ  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 358.04 (rec gloss) ⟨εἱλιχθεῖσαν⟩: συστραφεῖσαν  —V

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 358.05 (rec gloss) ⟨εἱλιχθεῖσαν⟩: περικυκλωθεῖσαν  —VMnCrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 358.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨εἱλιχθεῖσαν⟩: περιληφθεῖσαν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcAa2B3d

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.117,25


Or. 358.07 (thom gloss) ⟨εἱλιχθεῖσαν⟩: κυκλωθεῖσαν  —ZZaZlZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.117,25


Or. 358.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἱλιχθεῖσαν⟩: συσχεθεῖσαν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.117,25–26


Or. 358.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἱλιχθεῖσαν⟩: κρατηθεῖσαν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 358.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨εἱλιχθεῖσαν⟩: ἑλίσσω τὸ συστρέφω  —B4

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT:   From Et. Magn., ps-Zonaras.


Or. 358.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀθλίοις κακοῖς⟩: ὑπὸ ἀθλίων δυστυχιῶν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcAa2B3d

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. T   |    ἀπὸ Yf


Or. 358.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀθλίοις κακοῖς⟩: ἐν  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 358.13 (tri metr) ⟨ἀθλίοις⟩: koine long over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 359.01 (mosch gloss) ⟨οὐπώποτ’⟩: οὔπω ποτέ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT. 2:   οὔπο X   |


Or. 359.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐπώποτ⟩: καὶ ποτὲ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 359.03 (rec gloss) ⟨μᾶλλον⟩: ἤγουν δυστυχεστέραν  —AbMnPrSSar

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν om. Sar   |    δυστυχέστερον Mn


Or. 359.04 (rec gloss) ⟨μᾶλλον⟩: πλεῖον  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 359.05 (rec gloss) ⟨μᾶλλον⟩: σοῦ  —AaMnRGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 359.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μᾶλλον⟩: παρὸ σὲ  —V3

POSITION: s.l. (above ἑστίαν)


Or. 359.07 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἑστίαν⟩: οἰκίαν  —Aa2CrF2RRf2OxXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZlZmT*B3d

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx

APP. CRIT. 2:   οἰκείαν Aa2, a.c. Ox   |


Or. 359.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἑστίαν⟩: οἶκον  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 359.09 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἑστίαν⟩: τὴν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 359.10 (tri metr) ⟨ἑστίαν⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 360.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἀγαμέμνονος⟩: τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἀδελφοῦ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 360.02 (mosch artGloss) ⟨Ἀγαμέμνονος⟩: τοῦ  —XXaXbXoTYYfGGrF2Aa2OxB3d

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 360.03 (rec gloss) ⟨τύχας⟩: δυστυχίας  —AaF2RfOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ τὰς prep. Ox, τὰς prep. F2


Or. 360.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τύχας⟩: ἤγουν τὰ συμβεβηκότα τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB3d

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν om. GZc   |    τῷ ἀγ. om. Zc


Or. 360.05 (recTri metr) ⟨τύχας⟩: long mark over alpha  —OT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 360.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἠπιστάμην⟩: οἶδα  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 360.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἠπιστάμην⟩: ἐνόησα  —Sar

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 360.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἠπιστάμην⟩: ἔμαθον  —AbCrOxZaZlZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 360.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἠπιστάμην⟩: ἔγνων  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 360.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἠπιστάμην⟩: τοῦτο ἤδη ἐγνώρισα  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦτο ἤδη erased or damaged


Or. 361.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨καὶ θάνατον οἵῳ⟩: οἵῳ θανάτῳ δηλονότι παρὰ τῆς γυναικός  —C

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  περὶ C


Or. 361.02 (rec gram) ⟨καὶ θάνατον οἵῳ⟩: κλίσις καὶ μετάκλισις  —V1

TRANSLATION:   Case and change of case.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   Apparently, another way to point out that the poet does not use οἵῳ θανάτῳ with both forms in the same case.


Or. 361.03 (rec artGloss) ⟨θάνατον⟩: τὸν  —AbF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 361.04 (thom gloss) ⟨οἵῳ⟩: ἐν  —ZZlZmTGuXo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 361.05 (rec gloss) ⟨οἵῳ⟩: θανάτῳ  —V3AbKMnPrRSSarGGuB3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 361.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἵῳ⟩: ὁποίῳ  —AaCrF2Rf2ZaZuOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ὁποίω θανάτω CrOx   |


Or. 361.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἵῳ⟩: καὶ τίνι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 361.08 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨πρὸς δάμαρτος⟩: παρὰ τῆς γυναικός —AaAbMnCrPrSSaρRf2XXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaTB3dOx

POSITION: s.l. except X (spaced as two sep. ZZa)

APP. CRIT.:  τῆς om. Z


Or. 361.09 (recThom gloss) ⟨πρὸς⟩: παρὰ  —KZlZm

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 361.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δάμαρτος⟩: τῆς γυναικός  —Zl2ZcF2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 361.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δάμαρτος⟩: καὶ τῆς γυνῆς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 361.12 (rec artGloss) ⟨δάμαρτος⟩: τῆς  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 361.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὤλετο⟩: ἀπώλετο  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 361.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὤλετο⟩: καὶ ἐφθάρη  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 362.01 (vet exeg) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ὄρος Λακωνικῆς· καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Od. 3.287]· ‘Μαλειάων ὄρος αἰπύ’.  —HBVC

TRANSLATION:   A mountain of Laconia. And Homer (refers to it): ‘the steep mountain of Maleae’.

REF. SYMBOL: app. H      POSITION: s.l. VC, marg. B

APP. CRIT.:  after λακωνικῆς add. ἐστι τὸ μάλεον B   |    καὶ om. B   |    second ὄρος om. V

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὅρος (both) C   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.137,3–4; Dind. II.117,27–118,1

COLLATION NOTES:   V does carry αἰπύ, contra Schw.   |

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)


Or. 362.02 (rec exeg) τὴν ναῦν τῷ Μαλέῳ προσπελάσας ὄρει Λακωνικῆς· καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Od. 3.287] ‘Μαλ⟨ε⟩ιάων ὄρος αἰπύ’.  —GK

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  προσπελάζων G   |    λακωνικῷ G   |    μαλίδων G

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)


Or. 362.03 (pllgn exeg) Μαλέᾳ: ὄρος Λακεδαιμονίας  —GB3c

LEMMA: G       POSITION: marg. G, s.l. B3c

APP. CRIT.:  τὸ prep. B3c


Or. 362.04 (rec gloss) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ὄνομα ὄρους  —AbRPrSSar

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 362.05 (rec gloss) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ἀκρωτηρίῳ  —OZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  τῶ prep. Zl


Or. 362.06 (recMosch exeg) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ἀκρωτήριον τῆς Λακωνικῆς  —FPrRSSaXXoYf

TRANSLATION:  (Malea is) an promontory of Laconia.

POSITION: s.l. PrSSar, marg. FRYf

APP. CRIT.:  ὁ Μαλέας prep. F   |    after ἀκρ. add. ἐστὶ F


Or. 362.07 (rec gloss) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ἀκρωτήριον  —V3AaCrRfOxB3cB3d

POSITION: s.l. except marg. B3c


Or. 362.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ἀκρωτήριον ἐν τοῖς Λακωνικοῖς  —XaXbT+YGr

TRANSLATION:  (Malea is) an promontory in Laconian territory.

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 362.09 (thom exeg) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ἀκρωτήριόν ἐστιν ὁ Μαλέας περὶ Λακεδαιμονίαν, λεγόμενον παρά τισιν ἰδιωτικῶς ὄνου κατωμάγουλον.  —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Maleas is a promontory around Lacedaemonia, which is called by some in ordinary (uncultured) language ‘lower jaw of the ass’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlGu

APP. CRIT. 2:   κατομ‑ Za   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118,1–3

COMMENT:   κατωμάγουλον appears in TLG only here and in Digenes Akritas; see LBG s.v. The ancient equivalent was Ὄνου γνάθος, mentioned in Strabo 8.5.1–2, Paus. 3.22.10, 3.23.1, lexica and scholia.

KEYWORDS:  rare word   |   Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage


Or. 362.10 (pllgn exeg) ὁ αὐτὸς δὲ λέγεται καὶ Ξυλοφάγος.  —ZlGu

TRANSLATION:   And the same is also called ‘Timber-devourer’.

POSITION: cont. from prev. ZlGu

APP. CRIT.:  ξυλοφάγος damaged or erased in Gu, partially obscured in Zl

COMMENT:   For this as the name of Cape Caphereus in Euboea see ps.-Apollodorus, Bibl. epitome 6.11 and Sch. Lycophr. Alex. 373, 1095, and the Thoman 432.02 below; of an unspecified cape, Joannes Apocaucus, Notit. et epist. 65,27; of Maleas, Georg. Pachymeres, Hist. brevis 507,4.


Or. 362.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ἐν τῷ ὄρει  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 362.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: λιμένι  —Zc2Gu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  δηλονότι add. Zc2


Or. 362.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ἐν τῷ τόπῳ  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 362.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ἐν τῷ  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 362.15 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩:  —Aa

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.:  expunction dots around ὁ, perhaps iota subscript on μαλέα was added, not original


Or. 362.16 (thom artGloss) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: τῷ  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 362.17 (rec metr) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: long mark over second alpha  —O


Or. 362.18 (rec paraphr) ⟨προσίσχων πρώραν⟩: προσσκαλώσας νῆα  —H4

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   The Byzantine verb σκαλόω/σκαλώνω is known; this compound occurs only here.

KEYWORDS:  rare word


Or. 362.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προσίσχων πρώραν⟩: τότε ἔμαθον τὸν φόνον τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μου. περὶ δὲ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας τί οὐκ ἐγίνωσκε;  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   That is when I learned of the murder of my brother. But why did he not learn about Clytemnestra?

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 362.20 (rec exeg) ⟨προσίσχων⟩: προσορμίζων. τὸ δὲ ἴσχω ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔχω τὸ ἐλαύνω· καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 5.829, etc.] ‘ἔχε μώνυχας ἵππους’ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔλαυνε.  —V

TRANSLATION:   Bringing to mooring near. And (the root verb) ‘ischō’ is from ‘echō’ in the sense ‘drive’. And Homer (uses this verb in) ‘hold the single-hooved horses’ in the sense ‘drive’.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)


Or. 362.21 (rec gloss) ⟨προσίσχων⟩: προσεγγίζων  —VAaAbPrSSar

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES:   Recheck original Sa 131v first line.   |


Or. 362.22 (rec gloss) ⟨προσίσχων⟩: πλησιάσας  —CrRPrSOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 362.23 (rec gloss) ⟨προσίσχων⟩: πελάσασα  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 362.24 (rec gloss) ⟨προσίσχων⟩: προσεμβάλλων  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 362.25 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨προσίσχων⟩: πλησιάζων  —SarXaXbXoYYfGrZcZZaZlZmT*B4

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Zc

APP. CRIT. 2:   πλησιάζον Zc   |


Or. 362.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσίσχων⟩: ἐλλιμενίσας  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 362.27 (thom gloss) ⟨προσίσχων⟩: ἐλλιμενίζων  —ZZaZlZmZuTGuAa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐλλημεν‑ Zl   |


Or. 362.28 (rec gloss) ⟨πρώραν⟩: τὴν νῆα  —AbCrRPrSSarOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. CrOx


Or. 362.29 (thom gloss) ⟨πρώραν⟩: τὴν τῆς νεώς  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  τὴν om. ZaT, spaced as sep. Zm


Or. 362.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρώραν⟩: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν.  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 362.31 (362–364) (rec wdord) word order α (ἐκ δέ κυμάτων), β (προφήτης), γ (ὁ ναυτίλοισι), δ (μάντις), ε (νήρεως), ϛ (ἐξήγγειλε)  —MnPr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 362.32 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκ δὲ κυμάτων⟩: ἐξελθὼν ὁ Γλαῦκος  —PrRSSar

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 362.33 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκ δὲ κυμάτων⟩: λείπει ἐξελθὼν.  —AbF

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  λείπει om. Ab

KEYWORDS:  λείπει


Or. 362.34 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκ δὲ κυμάτων⟩: ἤγουν ἐκβὰς ἐκ τῶν κυμάτων  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 362.35 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκ δὲ κυμάτων⟩: προκύψ[ας]  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ψ uncertain, ύ very faint (damage)


Or. 362.36 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκ⟩: ἔξωθεν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 362.37 (mosch gloss) ⟨δὲ⟩: γὰρ  —XaXbXoTYfGr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 362.38 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κυμάτων⟩: τῆς θαλάσσης  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 362.39 (rec metr) ⟨κυμάτων⟩: long mark over upsilon  —O


Or. 363.01 (rec exeg) ὁ ναυτίλοισι ⟨μάντις⟩: τοῖς γὰρ ναύταις οὗτος, ὃς φίλος καὶ θαλάσσῃ ἐστὶ καὶ ἰχθύσι, τὰ πεπρωμένα βάζει  —VMnPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   For this (being), who is friendly both to the sea and to fish, speaks to sailors what is fated.

LEMMA: all      REF. SYMBOL: VSa, (to νηρέως προφ.) Rb      POSITION: follows 364.01 Rb

APP. CRIT.:   ταῖς S   |    ὡς] ὃς Schw.   |    βάζει om. Sa

APP. CRIT. 2:   ναῦτες a.c. Mn   |   φίλως (a.c.?) Mn   |   ἰχθῦσι S   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.137,5–6; Dind. II.118,6–7


Or. 363.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὁ ναυτίλοισι μάντις⟩: ὁ ναυτῶν μάντις  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 363.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁ ναυτίλοισι⟩: τῶν ναυτῶν ὁ φίλος  —AbMnPrSSar

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ὁ φίλ. τ. ναυτ. transp. Ab


Or. 363.04 (vet gloss) ⟨ναυτίλοισι⟩: τῶν ναυτίλων  —H

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 363.05 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ναυτίλοισι⟩: τῶν ναυτῶν  —AbXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB3d

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. T, ὁ prep. G   |    τῶν om. Ab


Or. 363.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ναυτίλοισι⟩: ἐν τοῖς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 363.07 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ναυτίλοισι⟩: τοῖς  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 363.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μάντις⟩: προφήτης  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 363.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μάντις⟩: ὁ Γλαῦκος  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 363.10 (rec artGloss) ⟨μάντις⟩:  —Aa2Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 363.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐξήγγειλέ μοι⟩: εἶπε μοι πάντα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 363.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐξήγγειλέ⟩: ἤτοι τὸν θάνατον τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος  —MnPrRSSar

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 363.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξήγγειλέ⟩: διηγήσατο  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 363.14 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ἐξήγγειλέ⟩: εἶπεν  —CrOxT

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrOx

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἶπε CrOx   |


Or. 363.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐξήνεγκε⟩: ἐξήγγειλε  —Rf

LEMMA: thus in text Rf      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 364.01 (vetThom exeg) Νηρέως προφήτης: 1οὗτος Ἀνθηδόνιος ἁλιεύς·  2ἑωρακὼς δὲ ἰχθὺν παρὰ τὴν ψάμμον βοτάνης γευσάμενον καὶ ἀναζήσαντα, φαγὼν καὶ αὐτὸς γέγονεν ἀθάνατος, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀγήραος,  3ἐφ’ ᾧ κατεπόντισεν ἑαυτόν.  4μαντεύεται δὲ ὡς ὁ παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ [Hom. Od. 4.365 sq.] Πρωτεὺς καὶ παρὰ Πινδάρῳ [Pyth. 4.20] Τρίτων τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις.   —HMBOVCCrMnPrRbRwSaZlZmGuOx

TRANSLATION:   This was a fisherman from Anthedon. (or: This was Anthedonius, a fisherman.) And having observed a fish (marooned and dying) on the beach that tasted a plant and came back to life, by eating (the plant) himself too he became immortal, but not free of old age; for which reason he threw himself into the sea. He gives prophecies as (do) the Proteus in Homer and, in Pindar, Triton to the Argonauts.

LEMMA: MBCMnPrRbSa, 363 ὁ ναυτίλοισιν Rw      REF. SYMBOL: HMBPr, (at 363 ὁ ναυτίλοισι) Rb, (at γλαῦκος) ZlZmGu      POSITION: precedes 363.01 in Rb

APP. CRIT.:   1 Ἀνθηδόνιος] ὁ ἀνθ. Rb, ὁ ἀνθ. ὁ ἀπὸ ἀνθηδονίας πόλεως ὢν MnPrSa, ὁ γλαῦκος ἀνθ. Zl   |    ἦν add. before ἁλιεὺς OVMnPrRZlZmGubSa   |    2 δὲ om. CrRwOx   |    παρὰ] περὶ MnPrSaRb ZlZmGu   |    τὴν om. VMnPrSaRb   |    βοτάνην MOCRw, βοτάν(ην) φαγόντα καὶ H   |    γεγευμένον Sa [H]   |    first καὶ om. CrPrSaZlZmGuOx, app. Mn (damage)   |    after φαγὼν add. ὁ γλαῦκος MnPrSa   |    γέγονεν] ἔμεινεν CrOx   |    ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀγήραος om. Gu   |    ἀγήρατος V, αγήρμως (sic) Sa, ἀγήρως RwOx, ἀγήραιος Pr   |    3 ἐφ’ ᾧ … ἑαυτόν om. VPrRbSaZlZmGu   |    4 ὡς ὁ] ὡς V, καὶ OCrRwOx, ὡς καὶ MnPrRbSaZlZmGu [H]   |    πρωτεὺς κτλ om. HO   |    παρὰ πινδάρῳ] πατὼν Sa, παπινδ(άρῳ) PrMn, πινδάρω CrRwOx   |    τρίτων BZlZmGu, τριτο M, τρίτον CCrRwOx, τριπ() V, τρισσοῖς (om. τοῖς) MnPrSa, τρισὶν (om. τοῖς) Rb (with a second σ above σ)   |    ἀργαυτῶν (or ‑αιτῶν?) corr. to ἀργαύτην (or ‑αίτην) app. M   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀνθιδόνιος M, ἀναθηδόνιος Mn   |    ἀλιεύς MRb   |    2 ἰχθῦν BRb   |    φαγῶν B   |    3 ἐαυτὸν M, αὑτὸν O, αὐτὸν Rw   |    4 πρῶτον Rb   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.137,6–11; Dind. II.118,8–12

COMMENT:   See on 318.01. For the belief that Ἀνθηδόνιος was a proper name here, cf. 364.09.

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer   |   citation of literature other than Homer   |   Pindar


Or. 364.02 (thom exeg) τὴν δὲ βοτάνην ἧς ἐγεύσατο φασί τινες ἀείζωον εἶναι.  —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:   And some say that the plant he tasted is houseleek (in Greek, ‘ever-living’).

POSITION: cont. from prev. all

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118,12–13


Or. 364.03 (pllgn exeg) 1ὁ Γλαῦκος ὡς λέγεται κολυμβητὴς ἦν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν ἄριστος.  2συνέβη δὲ κατὰ τύχην μίαν καταβῆναι εἰς τὸ τῆς θαλάσσης βάθος καὶ εὑρὼν βοτάνην ἔφαγεν αὐτην καὶ φαγὼν ἀπηθανατίσθη, γενόμενος καὶ μάντις.  3ἦν γοῦν ἀπὸ τότε καιροῦ ἐντὸς τῆς θαλάσσης.  4καὶ ἐπεὶ μάντις ἦν, ἐγίνωσκε τὰ συμβαίνοντα ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ.  5ὃς προγνοὺς καὶ τὸν τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος θάνατον διαβαίνοντος ἐκεῖσε τοῦ Μενελάου μετὰ τῶν νηῶν ἐξεῖπε περὶ τοῦτον πρὸς αὐτόν.  6οὕτω γὰρ διαβαινόντων ἐκεῖσε τινῶν γινώσκων ἐκεῖνος τὰ ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις αὐτῶν ἐξερχόμενος τῶν κυμάτων ἔλεγε ταῦτα.  7κατὰ τούτου λέγεται ὡς μάντις τῶν ναυτῶν Νηρέως προφήτης ἤτοι τοῦ θαλασσίου δαίμονος.   —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Glaucus, the story is told, was an excellent diver into the sea. It came about on one occasion that he went down to the depths of the sea and, finding a plant, ate it and after eating it was rendered immortal, becoming also a prophet. So, then, from that moment on he was in the sea. And since he was a prophet, he knew about events taking place in the world. Knowing in advance of the death of Agamemnon too, when Menelaus was crossing the sea there with his ships, he spoke out about this to him. For in this way when people were crossing there, he, knowing the affairs in their houses, used to come out of the waves and tell these things. In this respect he is spoken of as ‘seer of sailors, prophet of Nereus’, that is, of the sea divinity.

APP. CRIT.:   6 διαβαινόντων] Mastr., διαβαινομένων Y2

COMMENT:   For Glaucus as diver, see Athenaeus 7.47 (Mnaseas fr. 12, FHG III.151). Compare the rationalized version of the story in Michael Apostolius 5.49 [Paroem. Gr. II.346 Leutsch].   |   The few instances of διαβαινόμενος in TLG are all passive in sense, and no other middle-passive forms from the present stem διαβαίνω are found.


Or. 364.04 (rec gloss) ⟨Νηρέως⟩: ἤτοι τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος  —V1Gu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ἤτοι om. Gu


Or. 364.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨Νηρέως⟩: ὁ τῆς θαλάσσης  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:  ὁ om. GAa2   |    δαίμων add. Y2

APP. CRIT. 2:   θαλάττης XaXbYYfG   |


Or. 364.06 (thom gloss) ⟨Νηρέως⟩: τοῦ θαλασσίου δαίμονος  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 364.07 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Νηρέως⟩: τοῦ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 364.08 (tri metr) ⟨Νηρέως⟩: συνίζησις  —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 364.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προφήτης⟩: ὁ Ἀνθηδόνιος  —B3c

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 364.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προφήτης⟩: ὁ Γλαῦκος  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 364.11 (rec artGloss) ⟨προφήτης⟩:  —AaAb

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 364.12 (rec exeg) ⟨Γλαῦκος⟩: γρ. μάντις.  —S

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 364.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Γλαῦκος⟩: ὁ λεγόμενος ἰδιωτικῶς γλάρος  —Zc

TRANSLATION:   The one called in vernacular speech ‘seagull’ (‘glaros’).

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage


Or. 364.14 (recMosch artGloss) ⟨Γλαῦκος⟩:  —AbXXaXbXoZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 364.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀψευδὴς⟩: ἀληθής  —F2PrSar

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ὁ prep. F2


Or. 364.16 (recMosch artGloss) ⟨ἀψευδὴς⟩:  —AbXXaXbXoTZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 364.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεός⟩: Γλαῦκος  —Rw

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   Rw has neither Γλαῦκος nor μάντις in the line, so this may be a misplacement of a marginal note originally intended to supply the missing word.


Or. 364.18 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨θεός⟩:  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 365.01 (thom exeg) ⟨ὅς μοι τάδ’ εἶπεν⟩: Ὁμηρικὸς ζῆλος τὸ ἐξήγγειλε καὶ τὸ εἶπεν.  —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:   (It is an example of) Homeric emulation (to use both) ‘he announced’ (in 363) and ‘he said’ (in 365).

REF. SYMBOL: Gu      POSITION: s.l. Zm, marg. Zl

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἶπε Zl   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118,4–5

COMMENT:   The term Ὁμηρικὸς ζῆλος is applied in scholia and Eustathius to a variety of features of vocabulary, syntax, and narrative technique. For other cases in the Eur. scholia cf. sch. Vo Andr. 17 Schw. (perhaps really belonging to Andr. 20, to judge from a similar note by V3 on 20 Θετίδειον), sch. Andr. 107, sch. Thom. Hec. 976, Ph. 17 and 88. The point of interest here is apparently the duplication of the verbs of saying introducing direct speech, and the commentator may have in mind phrases like ἐνένιπεν ἔπος τ’ ἔφατ’ ἔκ τ’ ὀνόναζεν (Od. 16.416, 19.89, etc.) or εἶπεν ἔπος τ’ ἔφατ’ ἔκ τ’ ὀνόμαζεν (Od. 7.330, 21.248).

KEYWORDS:  Ὁμηρικὸς ζῆλος


Or. 365.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὅς μοι τάδ’ εἶπεν⟩: ὅς μοι πλησίον σταθεὶς τάδε εἶπεν ἐμφανῶς.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrAa2

REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: s.l. XaTYGrAa2, marg. Yf

APP. CRIT. 2:   τάδ’ Gr   |   εἶπε Aa2   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118,16


Or. 365.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅς⟩: καὶ ὅστις  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 365.04 (rec gloss) ⟨τάδ’⟩: τὰ κακὰ  —Ab

LEMMA: τὰδ’ (sic) in text Ab      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 365.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάδ’⟩: ταῦτα  —F2

LEMMA: τάδ’ in text F      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 365.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τόδ’⟩: καὶ τοῦτο  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 365.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐμφανῶς κατασταθείς⟩: εἰς πρόσωπον ἐλθών  —GK

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 365.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐμφανῶς κατασταθείς⟩: τουτέστιν οὐκ ἐντὸς θαλάσσης ὢν καὶ ἀφανῶς μοι τοῦτο εἰπών, ἀλλ’ ἐμφανῶς καὶ ἐνώπιον στὰς καὶ διηγησάμενος.  —ZrZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, not being within the sea and having invisibly told me this, but having stood visibly and face to face and told the story.

POSITION: s.l. Zm

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐνφανῶς Zm   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118,14–16


Or. 365.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐμφανῶς κατασταθείς⟩: φανερωθεὶς  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 365.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐμφανῶς⟩: φανερῶς καὶ οὐ διά τινος φαντάσματος  —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  Openly and not by some kind of apparition.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  οὐ om. Za   |    φάσματος ZlT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118,17–18


Or. 365.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐμφανῶς⟩: φανερῶς  —AbCrF2MnPrRSOxXo2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 365.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐμφανῶς⟩: πλησίον  —G

POSITION: s.l. (sep. from 365.17)


Or. 365.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐμφανῶς⟩: ἔμπροσθεν ἄντικρυς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 365.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐμφανῶς⟩: προδήλως  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118,17


Or. 365.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατασταθείς⟩: πλησίον ἐλθών  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 365.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατασταθείς⟩: πλησιάσας  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 365.17 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κατασταθείς⟩: ἤγουν πλησίον ἐμοῦ σταθεὶς  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 365.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατασταθείς⟩: πλησίον σταθεὶς  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 365.19 (tri gloss) ⟨κατασταθείς⟩: πλησίον στάς  —T

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 365.20 (rec gloss) ⟨κατασταθείς⟩: παρασταθείς  —AbOx2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 365.21 (rec gloss) ⟨κατασταθείς⟩: στάς  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 365.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατασταθείς⟩: ἤγουν σταθείς  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 365.23 (rec gloss) ⟨κατασταθείς⟩: λέγων  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 365.24 (rec gloss) ⟨παρασταθείς⟩: ἐμοῦ  —Mn

LEMMA: thus in text Mn      POSITION: s.l.


Or. 366.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩: λέγων τοῦτο  —Aa2

POSITION: marg.


Or. 366.02 (rec artGloss) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩:  —Aa2AbCrF2Xo2ZuOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 366.03 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩: long mark over alpha  —T


Or. 366.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κεῖται⟩: πέπτωκεν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 366.05 (tri gloss) ⟨κεῖται⟩: ἤγουν ἀπέθανεν  —T

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 366.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨σὸς⟩:  —AbF2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 366.07 (rec gloss) ⟨κασίγνητος⟩: αὐτάδελφος  —F2Rf2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 366.08 (thom gloss) ⟨κασίγνητος⟩: ἀδελφός  —ZaTCrOx, perhaps Zl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx, ὁ prep. T


Or. 366.09 (rec gloss) ⟨θανών⟩: ἀποθανὼν  —PrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox


Or. 366.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θανών⟩: φονευθείς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 366.11 (rec gloss) ⟨θανών⟩: θανατωμένος  —R

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   Vernacular form of τεθανατωμένος.

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage


Or. 367.01 (rec exeg) ⟨λουτροῖσιν ἀλόχου⟩: λουσαμένῳ γὰρ τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονι τὸν χιτῶνα προσήνεγκεν.  —OV3

TRANSLATION:   For after Agamemnon bathed, she brought the (entrapping) robe upon him.

POSITION: s.l. V3

APP. CRIT.:  τῷ ἀγαμ. om. V3

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ήνεγκε V3   |


Or. 367.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨λουτροῖσιν ἀλόχου⟩: ἃ ἡ ἄλοχος ἔλουσεν αὐτὸν.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2

TRANSLATION:   (The bath) that his wife gave him.

POSITION: s.l. except X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118, 19


Or. 367.03 (thom paraphr) λουτροῖσιν ἀλόχου: τουτέστιν ἐν λουτροῖς ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας γυναικὸς ἀνῃρέθη.  —ZZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, he was killed during his bath by his own wife.

LEMMA: T(λουτροῖς)      POSITION: s.l. except ZmT

APP. CRIT.:  after τουτέστιν add. περιπεσὼν Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118,19–20


Or. 367.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λουτροῖσιν ἀλόχου⟩: ἡ γὰρ Κλυταιμνήστρα ἔλουσε τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα ὅταν ἐφονεύθη.  —Zu

REF. SYMBOL: Zu      POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.:  κλυτ.] ἑλένη Zu


Or. 367.05 (rec gloss) ⟨λουτροῖσιν⟩: παρὰ  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 367.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λουτροῖσιν⟩: ἐν τοῖς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 367.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀλόχου⟩: γυναικός  —V1CrOxZaZlB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῆς prep. CrOx   |    αὐτοῦ add. Zl


Or. 367.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀλόχου⟩: τῆς ὁμοκοίτου  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 367.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀλόχου⟩: ὑπὸ τῆς  —AaAbMnPrRSSar

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 367.10 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀλόχου⟩: τῆς  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 367.11 (vet exeg) περιπεσὼν πανυστάτοις: 1περισσὴ ἡ περί.  2καί ἐστιν ὁ νοῦς· ἀποθανὼν, πεσὼν, ἀπολωλὼς τοῖς πανυστάτοις λουτροῖς τῆς ἀλόχου.  3ἢ περιπεσών ἀντὶ τοῦ συντυχὼν τοῖς λουτροῖς τῆς ἀλόχου·  4λουσαμένῳ γὰρ τὸν χιτῶνα περιήγαγεν·  5ὡς ἐν Ἑκάβῃ [1281]· ‘κτεῖν’, ὡς ἐν Ἄργει φόνια λουτρά σ’ ἀναμένει’.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   The prefix/preposition ‘peri’ is superfluous. And the sense is ‘having died, having fallen, having been destroyed by the final bath given by his wife’. Or else, (the compound with ‘peri’ means) ‘falling in with’ in the sense ‘meeting with the bath given by his wife’. For as he was bathing she wrapped the robe around him. As in Hecuba: ‘go ahead and kill me, since in Argos a murderous bath awaits you’.

LEMMA: MBVC, περιπεσὼν MnPrSa, πανυστάτοις Rb, λουτροῖσι Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MBVPrRbSa

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 περισσὴ … ἀλόχου] παρὰ τοῖς πανύστοις λουτροῖς τῆς ἀλόχου πεσὼν ὅ ἐστιν ἀπολωλὼς Rw   |    1 ἢ prep. C   |    2 ἀποθανὼν … ἀπολωλὼς om. B   |    after ἀλόχου add. πεσών· ὅ ἐστιν ἀπολωλῶς B   |    3 ἢ … ἀλόχου om. VMnSa   |    4 γὰρ τὸν om. M   |    after γὰρ add. ἀγαμέ(μνονι) B, τῷ ἀγαμέμνονι Rw   |    πε(ρι)ἤγαγεν M, προσήγαγεν C, προσήγαγ() V, προσήγαγε MnPrRbSa, προσήνεγκε BRw   |    5 ὡς] καὶ VMnRbRwSa   |    ἐν ἐκάβῃ] ἐν ἑκάστω Mn(ἓν)Pr   |    ἑκάβῃ φησὶ B   |    κτεῖν’ om. VMnPrRbSa   |    φόνια λουτρὰ om. Rb   |    λουτρά σ’ ἀναμένει] λουτρ’ ἀναμένει C, λουτρά M, om. B   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀπωλωλὼς Sa   |    5 κτεῖναι Rw   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.137,12–16; Dind. II.118,21–119,2

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός


Or. 367.12 (rec exeg) ⟨περιπεσὼν⟩: ἀποθανὼν. καὶ ἔστι περισσὴ ἡ περὶ. ⟨περι⟩πεσὼν ἀντὶ συντυχών  —C

POSITION: intermarg.

APP. CRIT.:  ἔτι C, perhaps corrected by a later hand   |    ⟨περι⟩ suppl. from prev.

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός


Or. 367.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨περιπεσὼν⟩: συντυχών  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 367.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨περιπεσὼν⟩: περιτυχών  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 367.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨περιπεσὼν⟩: ἀπολωλώς  —B4

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπολολῶς B4   |


Or. 367.16 (rec gloss) ⟨πανυστάτοις⟩: ἐσχάτοις  —AbCrMnPrRRf2SOx, perhaps Zl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 367.17 (thom gloss) ⟨πανυστάτοις⟩: ὑστέροις  —ZmGuF2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 367.18 (tri gloss) ⟨πανυστάτοις⟩: τελευταίοις  —T

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 367.19 (pllgn gram) ⟨πανυστάτοις⟩: πανύστατον πάντων ἔσχατον  —B4

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT:   Cf. Hesych. π 428 (similar in Photius, Suda, etc.).


Or. 368.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔπλησεν⟩: ὁ μάντις  —AbMnPrRa1Ra2S

POSITION: s.l. (except marg. Ra2)

APP. CRIT.:  ἤτοι prep. Ra1Ra2   |    ὁ om. Ra2


Or. 368.02 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ἔπλησεν⟩: ἐπλήρωσεν  —F2TZb2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 368.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔπλησεν⟩: καὶ ἐγέμισεν  —CrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐγέμησεν Cr   |


Or. 368.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐμέ⟩: ἤγουν τὸν Μενέλαον  —AaAbMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l. (second instance in marg. R)

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν om. R (both instances), ἤτοι Ab


Or. 368.05 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ναύτας⟩: τοὺς  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 368.06 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἐμοὺς⟩: τοὺς  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 369.01 (vet exeg) ἐπεὶ δὲ Ναυπλίας: ἀπὸ Ναυπλίου τοῦ πατρὸς Παλαμήδους  —MBOCPrMnRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   Derived from Nauplius the father of Palamedes.

LEMMA: MnPrRb(ἐπειδὴ δὲ)Sa, ναυπλίας Rw      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      POSITION: s.l. MC, marg. B

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦ om. OC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.137,17; Dind. II.119,4


Or. 369.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπεὶ⟩: ἀφ’ οὗ  —Ab2F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 369.03 (rec gloss) ⟨Ναυπλίας⟩: ὄνομα λίμενος  —AbMnPrRSSar

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 369.04 (mosch exeg) Ναυπλίας: Ναύπλιος λιμήν· ἀπὸ τούτου καὶ Ναυπλία χθών.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2

TRANSLATION:   Nauplius (is) a harbor, and from this also (derives) Nauplia, a country.

LEMMA: ἐπεὶ δὲ ναυπλίας G      REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGr, above 368 Aa2

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ ναυπλία χθών om. Aa2 (no punct. before ἀπὸ)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.119,3–4


Or. 369.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ναυπλίας⟩: τοῦ Ναυπλίου λιμένος  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 369.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ναυπλίας⟩: τῆς ἐν Ναυπλίῳ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 369.07 (rec artGloss) ⟨Ναυπλίας⟩: τῆς  —Aa2Mn, app. Sar

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 369.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ψαύω⟩: ἔψαυσα  —AaFMnRfXXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. AaXo, καὶ prep. F


Or. 369.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ψαύω⟩: πρὶν ἔψαυσα  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 369.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ψαύω⟩: πλησιάζω  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 369.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ψαύω⟩: ἔχωμαι  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 369.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ψαύω⟩: ἡψάμην  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 369.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ψαύω⟩: ἅπτομαι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 369.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ψαύω⟩: προσεγγίζω  —B4

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 369.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ψαύω⟩: καὶ προσήγγισα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 369.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χθονός⟩: γῆς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 369.17 (rec artGloss) ⟨χθονός⟩: τῆς  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 370.01 (rec exeg) ἤδη δάμαρτος: μέμνηται τῆς γυναικὸς οὐκ ἐν δέοντι, ἔρωτι δὲ μεγίστῳ μᾶλλον.  —VPrMnRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   He mentions his wife not in an opportune (rhetorically suitable) moment, but rather because of very great love (for her).

LEMMA: all except Mn      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: follows 371.01 MnRbSa, follows 376.01 Rw

APP. CRIT.:   δὲ μεγίστῳ] Mastr., μεγίστῳ VRw, μεγίστω δὲ MnPrRbSa   |    at end add. δοκῶν ὀρέστου παῖδα Rw (corrupt lemma for 371.01)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.137,18–19; Dind. II.119,6–7

COMMENT:   Punctuation is found after ἔρωτι in PrSa, and Dind. and Schw. punctuate there as well, but the other mss have no punctuation. οὐκ ἐν δέοντι is a standard phrase in criticism, so the punctuation must be there. I have moved δὲ on the assumption that after accidental omission, it was restored in the wrong position in the ancestor of the witnesses that carry it. Alternatively, one could accept that ἔρωτι μεγίστῳ cohere as a unit and that the conjunction follows the unit.


Or. 370.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἤδη⟩: καὶ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 370.03 (rec gloss) ⟨δάμαρτος⟩: ἤτοι τῆς Ἑλένης  —AbCrRRfZuB3aOx

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT.:  ἤτοι om. B3aRf, ἤγουν CrZuOx   |    τῆς om. Rf


Or. 370.04 (rec gloss) ⟨δάμαρτος⟩: ἤγουν τῆς γυναικός  —AaCrF2MnPrSSarOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν] om. AaF2, καὶ CrOx, ἤτοι S   |    τῆς om. Aa


Or. 370.05 (thom gloss) ⟨δάμαρτος⟩: τῆς ἑμῆς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:  γυναικὸς prep. T


Or. 370.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δάμαρτος⟩: ἐμοῦ  —V3Xo2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 370.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐνθάδ’⟩: ἐλθεῖν  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 370.08 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐνθάδ’⟩: ἐνταῦθα  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 370.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξορμωμένης⟩: ἀποπεμπομένης  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 370.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξορμωμένης⟩: καὶ ἐξερχομένης  —CrOxXo2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. Xo2


Or. 370.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξορμωμένης⟩: κινουμένης  —Zb

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 370.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξορμωμένης⟩: παραγενομένης  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 371.01 (vet exeg) δοκῶν Ὀρέστην: 1ὕπουλα πάντα τὰ ῥήματα Μενελάου,  2ἀφ’ οὗ ὁ ποιητὴς τὸ ἄστατον τῆς Λακεδαιμονίων γνώμης κωμῳδεῖ,  3ὡς καὶ ἐν Ἀνδρομάχῃ [445–446]· ‘ὦ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποισιν ἔχθιστοι βροτῶν, / Σπάρτης ἔνοικοι, δόλια βουλευτήρια’.  4πρὸ γὰρ Διοκλέους, ἐφ’ οὗ τὸν Ὀ